2.11. Triple Play Services Command Reference

2.11.1. Command Hierarchies

Note:

The command trees in this section are limited to those commands specific to Triple Play services. For the full command trees for a specific service type, refer to the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Layer 2 Services and EVPN Guide: VLL, VPLS, PBB, and EVPN and the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Layer 3 Services Guide: IES and VPRN.

2.11.1.1. IES/VPRN Triple Play Commands

config
— service
ies service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [name name]
— no ies service-id
vprn service-id [name name] [customer customer-id] [create]
— no vprn service-id
description description-string
interface ip-int-name [create]
interface ip-int-name [create] tunnel
— no interface ip-int-name
address {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast all-ones | host-ones] [track-srrp srrp-instance]
— no address [ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask]
arp-limit limit [log-only] [threshold percent]
— no arp-limit
[no] arp-populate
arp-timeout seconds
sampling {unicast | multicast} type {acl | interface} [direction {ingress-only | egress-only | both}]
— no sampling {unicast | multicast}
description description-string
host-connectivity-verify [source {vrrp | interface}] [interval interval] [action {remove | alarm}] [timeout retry-timeout] [retry-count retry-count]
icmp
[no] mask-reply
param-problem [number seconds]
redirects [number seconds]
— no redirects
ttl-expired number seconds]
— no ttl-expired
unreachables [number seconds]
[no] loopback
mac ieee-address
— no mac [ieee-address]
sap sap-id [create]
— no sap sap-id
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
— no accounting-policy [acct-policy-id]
anti-spoof type
— no anti-spoof
[no] collect-stats
description description-string
egress
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
qos policy-id
qos policy-id port-redirect-group queue-group-name instance instance-id
— no qos [policy-id]
queue queue-id [create]
— no queue
adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
avg-frame-overhead percentage
cbs size-in-kbytes
— no cbs
mbs size [bytes | kilobytes]
— no mbs
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
— no rate
[no] scheduler scheduler-name
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
— no rate
scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
match-qinq-dot1p {top | bottom}
qos policy-id
qos policy-id [shared-queuing | multipoint-shared] fp-redirect-group queue-group-name instance instance-id
— no qos
queue queue-id [create]
— no queue queue-id
adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
avg-frame-overhead percentage
cbs size-in-kbytes
— no cbs
low
mbs size [bytes | kilobytes]
— no mbs
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
— no rate
scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name
multi-service-site customer-site-name
static-host ip ip-address [mac ieee-address] [create]
static-host mac ieee-address [create]
— no static-host [ip ip-address] mac ieee-address
— no static-host all [force]
— no static-host ip ip-address
ancp-string ancp-string
app-profile app-profile-name
inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id
route {ip-prefix/length | ip-prefix netmask} [create]
— no route {ip-prefix/length | ip-prefix netmask}
sla-profile sla-profile-name
sub-profile sub-profile-name
subscriber sub-ident
— no subscriber
[no] shutdown
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id
egress
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
vc-label egress-vc-label
— no vc-label [egress-vc-label]
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
vc-label ingress-vc-label
— no vc-label [ingress-vc-label]
secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast all-ones | host-ones] [igp-inhibit]
— no secondary ip-address
static-arp ip-address ieee-address
— no static-arp ip-address [ieee-address]
[no] shutdown

2.11.1.2. VPLS Triple Play Commands

config
— service
vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [b-vpls | i-vpls] [etree] [name name]
— no vpls service-id
description description-string
[no] disable-aging
fdb-table-size table-size
— no fdb-table-size [table-size]
mvr
description description-string
group-policy policy-name
[no] shutdown
query-interval seconds
query-src-ip ip-address
report-src-ip ip-address
robust-count robust-count
[no] shutdown
local-age aging-timer
— no local-age
[no] mac-move
move-frequency frequency
retry-timeout timeout
[no] mac ieee-address
mac-subnet-length subnet-length
ip address
— no ip
mac ieee-address
— no mac
remote-age seconds
— no remote-age
service-mtu octets
[no] shutdown
[no] split-horizon-group [group-name] [residential-group]
description description-string
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index]
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index] leave-ac
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index] root-leaf-tag leaf-tag leaf-tag
— no sap sap-id
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
— no accounting-policy [acct-policy-id]
host-limit max-num-hosts
— no host-limit
min-auth-interval min-auth-interval
[no] shutdown
arp-reply-agent [sub-ident]
bpdu-translation {auto | auto-rw | pvst | pvst-rw | stp}
calling-station-id calling-station-id
description description-string
[no] collect-stats
[no] disable-aging
egress
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
qos policy-id
qos policy-id port-redirect-group queue-group-name instance instance-id
— no qos [policy-id ]
queue queue-id [create]
— no queue queue-id
adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
avg-frame-overhead percentage
cbs size-in-kbytes
— no cbs
mbs size [bytes | kilobytes]
— no mbs
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
— no rate
[no] scheduler scheduler-name
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
— no rate
scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
qos policy-id
qos policy-id [shared-queuing | multipoint-shared] fp-redirect-group queue-group-name instance instance-id
— no qos
[no] queue queue-id
adaptation-rule [pir {max | min | closest}] [cir {max | min | closest}]
cbs size-in-kbytes
— no cbs
low
mbs size [bytes | kilobytes]
— no mbs
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
— no rate
[no] scheduler scheduler-name
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
— no rate
scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name
max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
multi-service-site customer-site-name
static-host ip ip-address [mac ieee-address] [create]
static-host mac ieee-address [create]
— no static-host [ip ip-address] mac ieee-address
— no static-host all [force]
— no static-host ip ip-address
ancp-string ancp-string
app-profile app-profile-name
inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id
sla-profile sla-profile-name
sub-profile sub-profile-name
subscriber sub-ident
— no subscriber
[no] shutdown
[no] static-mac
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create]
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create] leaf-ac
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create] root-leaf-tag
— no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
— no accounting-policy [acct-policy-id]
[no] collect-stats
egress
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
vc-label egress-vc-label
— no vc-label [egress-vc-label]
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
vc-label ingress-vc-label
— no vc-label [ingress-vc-label]
[no] shutdown
[no] static-mac
vlan-vc-tag vlan-id
— no vlan-vc-tag [vlan-id]
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] endpoint endpoint root-leaf-tag
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] endpoint endpoint leaf-ac
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [no-endpoint]
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] endpoint endpoint
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [no-endpoint] leaf-ac
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [no-endpoint] root-leaf-tag
— no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
— no accounting-policy [acct-policy-id]
[no] collect-stats
egress
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
vc-label egress-vc-label
— no vc-label [egress-vc-label]
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
vc-label ingress-vc-label
— no vc-label [ingress-vc-label]
max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
[no] shutdown
[no] static-mac
vlan-vc-tag vlan-id
[no] vlan-vc-tag [vlan-id]
track-srrp srrp-id
— no track-srrp

2.11.1.2.1. VPLS Multicast Commands

config
— service
vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [b-vpls | i-vpls] [etree] [name name]
— no vpls service-id
mvr
group-policy policy-name
[no] shutdown
query-interval seconds
robust-count robust-count
[no] shutdown
mfib-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
mfib-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
mfib-table-size table-size
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name]
— no sap sap-id
[no] fast-leave
import policy-name
— no import
max-num-groups max-num-groups
[no] mrouter-port
mvr
from-vpls vpls-id
— no from-vpls
to-sap sap-id
— no to-sap
query-interval interval
robust-count count
[no] send-queries
static
[no] group group-address
[no] source ip-address
[no] starg
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan | vpls}]
— no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
[no] fast-leave
import policy-name
— no import
max-num-groups max-num-groups
query-interval interval
robust-count count
— no robust-count
[no] send-queries
static
[no] group group-address
[no] source ip-address
[no] starg
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan | vpls}] [split-horizon-group group-name]
— no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
[no] fast-leave
import policy-name
— no import
max-num-groups max-num-groups
[no] mrouter-port
query-interval interval
robust-count count
— no robust-count
[no] send-queries
static
[no] group group-address
[no] source ip-address
[no] starg

2.11.1.3. Service DHCP and Anti-Spoof Filtering Commands

config
— service
ies service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [name name]
— no ies service-id
interface ip-int-name [create]
interface ip-int-name [create] tunnel
— no interface ip-int-name
anti-spoof {ip | mac | ip-mac}
— no anti-spoof
dhcp
description description-string
gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]
— no gi-address
lease-populate nbr-of-leases
option
action {replace | drop | keep}
— no action
circuit-id [ascii-tuple | ifindex | sap-id | vlan-ascii-tuple]
— no circuit-id
[no] remote-id
relay-proxy [release-update-src-ip] [siaddr-override ip-address]
server server1 [server2.]
— no server
[no] shutdown
[no] trusted
config
— service
vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [b-vpls | i-vpls] [etree] [name name]
— no vpls service-id
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index]
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index] leave-ac
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index] root-leaf-tag leaf-tag leaf-tag
— no sap sap-id
anti-spoof {ip | mac | ip-mac}
— no anti-spoof
dhcp
description description-string
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
[no] option
action [dhcp-action]
— no action
circuit-id {ascii-tuple | vlan-ascii-tuple}
circuit-id hex [0x0..0xFFFFFFFF...(64 hex nibbles)]
— no circuit-id
[no] remote-id
[no] shutdown
[no] snoop
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create]
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create] leaf-ac
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create] root-leaf-tag
— no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create]
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create] leaf-ac
dhcp
description description-string
[no] snoop
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name]
— no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
dhcp
description description-string
[no] snoop

2.11.1.4. Show Commands

show
— service
active-subscribers [summary]
credit-control credit-control [subscriber sub-ident-string]
credit-control out-of-credit [action action] [summary]
filter [subscriber sub-ident-string] [origin origin]
hierarchy [subscriber sub-ident-string]
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string]
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] detail
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] summary
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] statistics
groups [group group-ip-address]
groups group group-ip-address] detail
groups group group-ip-address] summary
igmp [subscriber sub-ident-string][detail]
subscriber sub-ident-string
subscriber sub-ident-string detail
subscriber sub-ident-string mirror
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name detail
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name mirror
id service-id
arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap port-id:encap] | [interface ip-int-name]
base
statistics [policy name] [sap sap-id]
— dhcp
lease-state [wholesaler service-id] [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id | interface interface-name | ip-address ip-address[/mask] | chaddr ieee-address | mac ieee-address | {[port port-id] [no-inter-dest-id | inter-dest-id inter-dest-id]}] [session {none | ipoe}] [detail]
statistics [sap sap-id] | [sdp [sdp-id[:vc-id] ]]
summary [interface interface-name | saps]
— dhcp6
lease-state [detail] [wholesaler service-id] [session {none | ipoe | ppp}] [router-advertisement-policy policy-name]
lease-state [detail] interface interface-name [wholesaler service-id] [session {none | ipoe | ppp}] [router-advertisement-policy policy-name]
lease-state [detail] ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] [wholesaler service-id] [session {none | ipoe | ppp}] [router-advertisement-policy policy-name]
lease-state [detail] mac ieee-address [wholesaler service-id] [session {none | ipoe | ppp}] [router-advertisement-policy policy-name]
statistics [interface interface-name]
— interface interface-name
— saps
gsmp
neighbors group [name] [ip-address]
sessions [group name] neighbor ip-address] [port port-number] [association] [statistics]
split-horizon-group [group-name]
static-host [sap sap-id] [wholesaler service-id] [port port-id] [inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id] [detail] [mac ieee-address] [ip-addressip-prefix[/prefix-length]]
static-host [sap sap-id] [wholesaler service-id] [port port-id] no-inter-dest-id [detail]
static-host summary
subscriber-hosts [sap sap-id] [ip ip-address[/mask]] [mac ieee-address] [sub-profile sub-profile-name] [sla-profile sla-profile-name] [detail] statistics
subscriber-using [service-id service-id] [sap-id sap-id] [interface ip-int-name] [ip ip-address[/mask]] [mac ieee-address] [sub-profile sub-profile-name] [sla-profile sla-profile-name] [app-profile app-profile-name] [port port-id] [no-inter-dest-id | inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id]
— router
— dhcp
lease-state [interface ip-int-name | ip-address]
statistics [ip-int-name | ip-address]
show
— service
id service-id
all
base
mrouters [detail]
mvr
port-db {sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id} [group grp-address] | detail]
proxy-db [group grp-address | detail]
querier
static [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
statistics [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
mfib [brief | group grp-address | statistics [group grp-address]]

2.11.1.5. Clear Commands

clear
— router
— dhcp
lease-state [interface ip-int-name | ip-addr | ip-address ip-address | mac ieee-address]
statistics [ip-int-name | ip-address]
— service
id service-id
— dhcp
lease-state [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state [port port-id] [inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id] [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state [port port-id] no-inter-dest-id [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state ip-address ip-address[/mask] [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state mac ieee-address [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state sap sap-id [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [no-dhcp-release]
— igmp-snooping
port-db sap sap-id [group grp-address [source ip-address]]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [group grp-address [source ip-address]]
statistics [all | sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
— mfib
statistics [all | group grp-address]
port-db sap sap-id [group grp-ipv6-address]
port-db sap sap-id group grp-ipv6-address source src-ipv6-address
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [group grp-ipv6-address]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-ipv6-address source src-ipv6-address
statistics all
statistics sap sap-id
statistics sdp sdp-id:vc-id
msap {msap-id | idle-only}
msap-policy msap-policy-name

2.11.1.6. Tools Commands

— tools
— dump
— service
msap [service service-id]

2.11.2. Command Descriptions

2.11.2.1. Global Commands

description

Syntax 
description description-string
no description
Context 
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping>mvr
config>service>vpls>split-horizon-group
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ppp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>pppoe
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>sub-if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>group-interface
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping>mvr
Description 

This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context.

The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.

The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Default 

none

Parameters 
description-string—
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any string up to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping>mvr
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>sap>arp-host
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>lcl-addr-assign
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>lcl-addr-assign
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>sub-if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>dhcp
Description 

This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.

The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.

Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and service entities is described below in Special Cases.

The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.

Special Cases 
Service Admin State—
Bindings to an SDP within the service are put into the out-of-service state when the service is shutdown. While the service is shutdown, all customer packets are dropped and counted as discards for billing and debugging purposes.
Service Operational State—
A service is regarded as operational providing that two SAPs or if one SDP are operational.
SDP (global)—
When an SDP is shutdown at the global service level, all bindings to that SDP are put into the out-of-service state and the SDP itself is put into the administratively and operationally down states. Packets that would normally be transmitted using this SDP binding are discarded and counted as dropped packets.
SDP (service level)—
Shutting down an SDP within a service only affects traffic on that service from entering or being received from the SDP. The SDP itself may still be operationally up for other services.
SDP Keepalives—
Enables SDP connectivity monitoring keepalive messages for the SDP ID. Default state is disabled (shutdown) in which case the operational state of the SDP-ID is not affected by the keepalive message state.
VPLS SAPs and SDPs—
SAPs are created in a VPLS and SDPs are bound to a VPLS in the administratively up default state. The created SAP attempts to enter the operationally up state. An SDP attempts to go into the in-service state once bound to the VPLS.

2.11.2.2. Service Commands

ies

Syntax 
ies service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [name name]
no ies service-id
Context 
config>service
Description 

This command creates or edits an IES service instance.

The ies command creates or maintains an Internet Ethernet Service (IES). If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.

IES services allow the creation of customer facing IP interfaces in the same routing instance used for service network core routing connectivity. IES services require that the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.

While IES is part of the routing domain, the usable IP address space may be limited. This allows a portion of the service provider address space to be set aside for service IP provisioning, becoming administered by a separate but subordinate address authority. This feature is defined using the config router service-prefix command.

IP interfaces defined within the context of an IES service ID must have a SAP created as the access point to the subscriber network. This allows a combination of bridging and IP routing for redundancy purposes.

When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist having been created using the customer command in the service context. Once a service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.

Once a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional for navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id specified results in an error.

Multiple IES services are created to separate customer owned IP interfaces. More than one IES service may be created for a single customer ID. More than one IP interface may be created within a single IES service ID. All IP interfaces created within an IES service ID belongs to the same customer.

By default, no IES service instances exist until they are explicitly created.

The no form of this command deletes the IES service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces defined within the service ID have been shutdown and deleted.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every router on which this service is defined.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 214748364
svc-name: A string up to 64 characters

 

customer-id
Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

vpn-id
Specifies the VPN ID number used to identify virtual private networks (VPNs) by a VPN identification number.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

Default—
null (0)
create—
Keyword used to create the service ID. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.
name name—
This parameter configures an optional service name, up to 64 characters, which adds a name identifier to a given service to then use that service name in configuration references as well as display and use service names in show commands throughout the system. This helps the service provider/administrator to identify and manage services within the SR OS platforms.

All services are required to assign a service ID to initially create a service. However, either the service ID or the service name can be used to identify and reference a given service once it is initially created.

If a name is not specified at creation time, then SR OS assigns a string version of the service-id as the name.

Service names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).

Values—
name: 64 characters maximum

 

vpls

Syntax 
vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [b-vpls | i-vpls] [etree] [name name] [create]
no vpls service-id
Context 
config>service
Description 

This command creates or edits a Virtual Private LAN Services (VPLS) instance. The vpls command is used to create or maintain a VPLS service. If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.

A VPLS service connects multiple customer sites together acting like a zero-hop, layer 2 switched domain. A VPLS is always a logical full mesh.

When a service is created, the create keyword must be specified if the create command is enabled in the environment context.

When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist having been created using the customer command in the service context. Once a service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.

To create a management VPLS, the m-vpls keyword must be specified. See section Hierarchical VPLS Redundancy for an introduction to the concept of management VPLS.

Once a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional for navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id specified results in an error.

More than one VPLS service may be created for a single customer ID.

By default, no VPLS instances exist until they are explicitly created.

The no form of this command deletes the VPLS service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all SAPs and SDPs defined within the service ID have been shutdown and deleted, and the service has been shutdown.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every router on which this service is defined.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 214748364
svc-name: A string up to 64 characters.

 

customer-id
Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

vpn-id
Specifies the VPN ID number which allows you to identify virtual private networks (VPNs) by a VPN identification number.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

Default—
null (0)
m-vpls—
Specifies a managed VPLS.
name name—
Configures an optional service name identifier, up to 64 characters, to a given service. This service name can then be used in configuration references, display, and show commands throughout the system. A defined service name can help the service provider or administrator to identify and manage services within the SR OS platforms.

To create a service, you must assign a service ID; however, after it is created, either the service ID or the service name can be used to identify and reference a service.

If a name is not specified at creation time, then SR OS assigns a string version of the service-id as the name.

Service names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).

Values—
name: 64 characters maximum

 

create—
Keyword used to create the service ID. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.

vprn

Syntax 
vprn service-id [name name] [customer customer-id] [create]
no vprn service-id
Context 
config>service
Description 

This command creates or edits a Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN) service instance.

If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.

VPRN services allow the creation of customer-facing IP interfaces in the same routing instance used for service network core routing connectivity. VPRN services require that the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.

IP interfaces defined within the context of an VPRN service ID must have a SAP created as the access point to the subscriber network.

When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist having been created using the customer command in the service context. When a service is created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and re-created with a new customer association.

When a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional to navigate into the service configuration context. If attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id results in an error.

Multiple VPRN services are created to separate customer-owned IP interfaces. More than one VPRN service can be created for a single customer ID. More than one IP interface can be created within a single VPRN service ID. All IP interfaces created within an VPRN service ID belongs to the same customer.

The no form of the command deletes the VPRN service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces and all routing protocol configurations defined within the service ID have been shutdown and deleted.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every 7750 SR on which this service is defined.
Values—

service-id:

1 to 2147483648

svc-name:

64 characters maximum

 

customer-id —
Specifies an existing customer identification number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

name name—
This parameter configures an optional vprn name, up to 64 characters, which adds a name identifier to a given vprn to then use that vprn name in configuration references as well as display and use vprn names in show commands throughout the system. This helps the service provider/administrator to identify and manage vprn within the SR OS platforms.

All services are required to assign a service ID to initially create a service. However, either the service ID or the service name can be used to identify and reference a given service once it is initially created.

If a name is not specified at creation time, then SR OS assigns a string version of the service-id as the name.

Service names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).

Values—
name: 64 characters maximum

 

create—
Keyword used to create the service ID. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.

interface

Syntax 
interface ip-int-name [create]
interface ip-int-name [create] tunnel
no interface ip-int-name
Context 
config>service>ies
config>service>vprn
Description 

This command creates a logical IP routing interface for a Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN). Once created, attributes like an IP address and service access point (SAP) can be associated with the IP interface.

The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and maintain IP routing interfaces within VPRN service IDs. The interface command can be executed in the context of an VPRN service ID. The IP interface created is associated with the service core network routing instance and default routing table. The typical use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber Internet access.

Interface names are case sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces defined for config router interface and config service vprn interface. Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address. For example, the name “1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but “int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP address and IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances.

The available IP address space for local subnets and routes is controlled with the config router service-prefix command. The service-prefix command administers the allowed subnets that can be defined on service IP interfaces. It also controls the prefixes that may be learned or statically defined with the service IP interface as the egress interface. This allows segmenting the IP address space into config router and config service domains.

When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.

By default, there are no default IP interface names defined within the system. All VPRN IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are created in an enabled state.

The no form of this command removes IP the interface and all the associated configuration. The interface must be administratively shutdown before issuing the no interface command.

For VPRN services, the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface may be removed. VPRN services do not have the shutdown command in the SAP CLI context. VPRN service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and disable them.

Parameters 
ip-int-name—
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context is changed to maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-name already exists within another service ID or is an IP interface defined within the config router commands, an error occurs and context is changed to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the interface is created and context is changed to that interface for further command processing.

tunnel—
Specifies that this is an IPsec interface used for IPsec tunneling.
create—
Keyword used to create the interface. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.

address

Syntax 
address {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast all-ones | host-ones] [track-srrp srrp-instance]
no address [ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask]
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command assigns an IP address, IP subnet, and broadcast address format to an IES IP router interface. Only one IP address can be associated with an IP interface.

An IP address must be assigned to each IES IP interface. An IP address and a mask are used together to create a local IP prefix. The defined IP prefix must be unique within the context of the routing instance. It cannot overlap with other existing IP prefixes defined as local subnets on other IP interfaces in the same routing context within the router.

The local subnet that the address command defines must be part of the services’ address space within the routing context using the config router service-prefix command. The default is to disallow the complete address space to services. Once a portion of the address space is allocated as a service prefix, that portion can be made unavailable for IP interfaces defined within the config router interface CLI context for network core connectivity with the exclude option in the config router service-prefix command.

The IP address for the interface can be entered in either CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) or traditional dotted decimal notation. The show commands display CIDR notation and is stored in configuration files.

By default, no IP address or subnet association exists on an IP interface until it is explicitly created.

Table 7:  Address Admin and Operational States 

Address

Admin State

Oper State

No address

up

down

No address

down

down

1.1.1.1

up

up

1.1.1.1

down

down

The operational state is a read-only variable and the only controlling variables are the address and admin states. The address and admin states are independent and can be set independently. If an interface is in an administratively up state and an address is assigned, it becomes operationally up and the protocol interfaces and the MPLS LSPs associated with that IP interface are reinitialized.

The no form of the command removes the IP address assignment from the IP interface. When the no address command is entered, the interface becomes operationally down.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that is used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
/—
Specifies a parameter delimiter and separates the ip-address portion of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces are allowed between the ip-address, the “/” and the mask-length parameter. If a forward slash is not immediately following the ip-address, a dotted decimal mask must follow the prefix.
mask-length—
Specifies the subnet mask length when the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation. When the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation, a forward slash (/) separates the ip-address from the mask-length parameter. The mask length parameter indicates the number of bits used for the network portion of the IP address; the remainder of the IP address is used to determine the host portion of the IP address.
Note:

A mask length of 32 is reserved for loopback addresses (includes system addresses).

Default—
0 to 31
mask—
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that is used in a logical ‘AND’ function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252.
Note:

A mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.

broadcast—
Overrides the default broadcast address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones which indicates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the broadcast address to all-ones or revert back to a broadcast address of host-ones.

The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is assigned or changed.

This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones) or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) is received by the IP interface.

Default—
host-ones
all-ones—
Specifies the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address is 255.255.255.255, also known as the local broadcast.
host-ones—
Specifies that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address is the subnet broadcast address. This is an IP address that corresponds to the local subnet described by the ip-address and the mask-length or mask with all the host bits set to binary one. This is the default broadcast address used by an IP interface.

The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negate feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change the broadcast type to host-ones after being changed to all-ones, the address command must be executed with the broadcast parameter defined.

allow-directed-broadcasts

Syntax 
[no] allow-directed-broadcasts
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command enables the forwarding of directed broadcasts out of the IP interface.

A directed broadcast is a packet received on a local router interface destined for the subnet broadcast address on another IP interface. The allow-directed-broadcasts command on an IP interface enables or disables the transmission of packets destined to the subnet broadcast address of the egress IP interface.

When enabled, a frame destined to the local subnet on this IP interface is sent as a subnet broadcast out this interface. Care should be exercised when allowing directed broadcasts as it is a well-known mechanism used for denial-of-service attacks.

When disabled, directed broadcast packets discarded at this egress IP interface are counted in the normal discard counters for the egress SAP.

By default, directed broadcasts are not allowed and are discarded at this egress IP interface.

The no form of this command disables the forwarding of directed broadcasts out of the IP interface. All broadcasts are dropped.

Default 

no allowed-directed-broadcasts

arp-limit

Syntax 
arp-limit limit [log-only] [threshold percent]
no arp-limit
Context 
config>service>ies>interface
Description 

This command configures the maximum amount of dynamic IPv4 ARP entries that can be learned on an IP interface.

When the number of dynamic ARP entries reaches the configured percentage of this limit, an SNMP trap is sent. When the limit is exceeded, no new entries are learned until an entry expires and traffic to these destinations is dropped. Entries that have already been learned are refreshed.

The no form of the command removes the arp-limit.

Default 

90 percent

Parameters 
log-only—
Enables the warning message to be sent at the specified threshold percentage, and also when the limit is exceeded. However, entries above the limit are learned.
percent—
The threshold value (as a percentage) that triggers a warning message to be sent.
Values—
0 to 100

 

limit—
The number of entries that can be learned on an IP interface expressed as a decimal integer. If the limit is set to 0, dynamic ARP learning is disabled and no dynamic ARP entries are learned.
Values—
0 to 524288

 

arp-populate

Syntax 
[no] arp-populate
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description 

This command, when enabled, disables dynamic learning of ARP entries. Instead, the ARP table is populated with dynamic entries from the DHCP Lease State Table (enabled with lease-populate), and optionally with static entries entered with the host command.

Enabling the arp-populate command removes any dynamic ARP entries learned on this interface from the ARP cache.

The arp-populate command fails if an existing static ARP entry exists for this interface.

The arp-populate command fails if an existing static subscriber host on the SAP does not have both MAC and IP addresses specified.

Once arp-populate is enabled, creating a static subscriber host on the SAP without both an IP address and MAC address fails.

When arp-populate is enabled, the system does not send out ARP requests for hosts that are not in the ARP cache. Only statically configured and DHCP learned hosts are reachable through an IP interface with arp-populate enabled. The arp-populate command can only be enabled on IES and VPRN interfaces supporting Ethernet encapsulation.

The no form of the command disables ARP cache population functions for static and dynamic hosts on the interface. All static and dynamic host information for this interface is removed from the system’s ARP cache.

Default 

no arp-populate

arp-timeout

Syntax 
arp-timeout seconds
no arp-timeout
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description 

This command configures the minimum time, in seconds, an ARP entry learned on the IP interface is stored in the ARP table. ARP entries are automatically refreshed when an ARP request or gratuitous ARP is seen from an IP host, otherwise, the ARP entry is aged from the ARP table. If arp-timeout is set to a value of zero seconds, ARP aging is disabled.

When the arp-populate and lease-populate commands are enabled on an IES interface, the ARP table entries are no longer dynamically learned, but instead by snooping DHCP ACK message from a DHCP server. In this case the configured arp-timeout value has no effect.

The default value for arp-timeout is 14400 seconds (4 hours).

The no form of this command restores arp-timeout to the default value.

Default 

arp-timeout 14400

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the minimum number of seconds a learned ARP entry is stored in the ARP table. A value of zero specifies that the timer is inoperative and learned ARP entries are not be aged.
Values—
0 to 65535

 

cflowd-parameters

Syntax 
cflowd-parameters
Context 
config>service>ies>if
Description 

This command enables Cflowd to collect traffic flow samples through a router for analysis.

Cflowd is used for network planning and traffic engineering, capacity planning, security, application and user profiling, performance monitoring, usage-based billing, and SLA measurement. When Cflowd is enabled at the interface level, all packets forwarded by the interface are subjected to analysis according to the cflowd configuration.

sampling

Syntax 
sampling {unicast | multicast} type {acl | interface} [direction {ingress-only | egress-only | both}]
no sampling {unicast | multicast}
Context 
config>service>ies>if>cflowd-parameters
Description 

This command configures the Cflowd sampling parameters.

Parameters 
unicast—
Specifies that the sampling command controls the sampling of unicast traffic on the associated interface/SAP.
multicast—
Specifies that the sampling command controls the sampling of multicast traffic on the associated interface/SAP.
type—
Specifies the cflowd sampling type on the specified virtual router interfaces.
Values—
acl — Specifies that the sampled traffic is controlled via an IP traffic filter entry with the action “filter-sample” configured.
interface — Specifies that all traffic entering or exiting the interface is subject to sampling.

 

direction—
Specifies the direction in which to collect traffic flow samples.
Values—
ingress-only — Enables ingress sampling only on the associated interface.
egress-only — Enables egress sampling only on the associated interface.
both — Enables both ingress and egress cflowd sampling.

 

host-connectivity-verify

Syntax 
host-connectivity-verify [source {vrrp | interface}] [interval interval] [action {remove | alarm}] [timeout retry-timeout] [retry-count retry-count]
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command enables subscriber host connectivity verification for all hosts on this interface. This tool periodically scans all known hosts (from dhcp-state) and perform UC ARP requests. The subscriber host connectivity verification maintains state (connected vs. not-connected) for all hosts.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no host-connectivity-verify

Parameters 
source {vrrp | interface}
Specifies the source to be used for generation of subscriber host connectivity verification packets. The vrrp keyword specifies that the VRRP state should be used to select proper IP and MAC (active uses VRID, back-up uses interface addresses). The interface keyword forces the use of the interface mac and ip addresses.
Note:

There are up to 256 possible subnets on a given interface, therefore, the subscriber host connectivity verification tool always uses an address of the subnet to which the given host is pertaining. For group-interfaces, one of the parent subscriber interface subnets (depending on host's address) is used.

action {remove | alarm}
Defines the action taken on a subscriber host connectivity verification failure for a given host. The remove keyword raises an alarm and removes dhcp-state and releases all allocated resources (queues, table entries, and so on). The alarm keyword raises an alarm indicating that the host is disconnected.
interval
Specifies the interval, expressed in minutes, which specifies when all known sources should be verified. The actual rate is then dependent on number of known hosts and interval.
Values—
1 to 6000
Note:

A zero value can be used by the SNMP agent to disable host-connectivity-verification.

 

retry-timeout
Specifies the timeout, in seconds, before a connectivity check retransmission.
Values—
10 to 60

 

retry-count
Specifies the number of connectivity check retransmissions.
Values—
2 to 29

 

icmp

Syntax 
icmp
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command enables the context to configure Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) parameters on a service.

mask-reply

Syntax 
[no] mask-reply
Context 
config>service>ies>if>icmp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command enables responses to Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) mask requests on the router interface.

If a local node sends an ICMP mask request to the router interface, the mask-reply command configures the router interface to reply to the request.

By default, the router instance replies to mask requests.

The no form of this command disables replies to ICMP mask requests on the router interface.

Default 

mask-reply

param-problem

Syntax 
param-problem [number seconds]
no param-problem
Context 
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>icmp6
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>icmp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>icmp
Description 

This command specifies whether parameter-problem ICMPv6 messages should be sent. When enabled, parameter-problem ICMPv6 messages are generated by this interface.

The no form of the command disables the sending of parameter-problem ICMPv6 messages.

Default 

param-problem 100 10

Parameters 
number —
Specifies the number of parameter-problem ICMPv6 messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of parameter-problem ICMPv6 messages issued.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

redirects

Syntax 
redirects [number seconds]
no redirects
Context 
config>service>ies>if>icmp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>icmp
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command configures the rate for Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) redirect messages issued on the router interface.

When routes are not optimal on this router and another router on the same subnetwork has a better route, the router can issue an ICMP redirect to alert the sending node that a better route is available.

The redirects command enables the generation of ICMP redirects on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP redirects is issued can be controlled with the optional number and seconds parameters by indicating the maximum number of redirect messages that can be issued on the interface for a given time interval.

The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp redirects on the router interface.

Default 

redirects 100 10

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP redirect messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the second parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

seconds—
Specifies the time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP redirect messages that can be issued.
Values—
1 to 60

 

ttl-expired

Syntax 
ttl-expired number seconds
no ttl-expired
Context 
config>service>ies>if>icmp
Description 

This command configures the rate Internet Control Message Protocol. (ICMP) TTL expired messages are issued by the IP interface. By default, generation of ICMP TTL expired messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.

The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of TTL expired messages on the router interface.

Default 

ttl-expired 100 10

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP TTL expired messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 2000

 

seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, used to limit the number of ICMP TTL expired messages that can be issued, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 60

 

unreachables

Syntax 
unreachables [number seconds]
no unreachables
Context 
config>service>ies>if>icmp
Description 

This command configures the rate for ICMP host and network destination unreachable messages issued on the router interface.

The unreachables command enables the generation of ICMP destination unreachables on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP unreachables is issued can be controlled with the optional number and seconds parameters by indicating the maximum number of destination unreachable messages which can be issued on the interface for a given time interval. By default, generation of ICMP destination unreachables messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.

The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp destination unreachables on the router interface.

Default 

unreachables 100 10

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP unreachable messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 2000

 

seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, used to limit the number of ICMP unreachable messages that can be issued.
Values—
1 to 60

 

ip-mtu

Syntax 
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description 

This command specifies the maximum size of IP packets on this group-interface. Packets larger than this are fragmented.

The ip-mtu applies to all IPoE host types (DHCP, ARP, static). For PPP/L2TP sessions, the ip-mtu is not taken into account for the mtu negotiation; the ppp-mtu in the ppp-policy should be used instead.

The no form of the command removes the octets value from the configuration.

Default 

no ip-mtu

Parameters 
octets—
Specifies the largest frame size (in octets) that this interface can handle.
Values—
512 to 9000

 

local-proxy-arp

Syntax 
[no] local-proxy-arp
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command enables local proxy ARP. When local proxy ARP is enabled on an IP interface, the system responds to all ARP requests for IP addresses belonging to the subnet with its own MAC address, and thus becomes the forwarding point for all traffic between hosts in that subnet.

When local-proxy-arp is enabled, ICMP redirects on the ports associated with the service are automatically blocked.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no local-proxy-arp

remote-proxy-arp

Syntax 
[no] remote-proxy-arp
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
Description 

This command enables remote proxy ARP on the interface.

Remote proxy ARP is similar to proxy ARP. It allows the router to answer an ARP request on an interface for a subnet that is not provisioned on that interface. This allows the router to forward to the other subnet on behalf of the requester. To distinguish remote proxy ARP from local proxy ARP, local proxy ARP performs a similar function but only when the requested IP is on the receiving interface.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no remote-proxy-arp

proxy-arp-policy

Syntax 
[no] proxy-arp-policy policy-name [policy-name]
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
Description 

This command configures a proxy ARP policy for the interface.

The no form of this command disables the proxy ARP capability.

Default 

no proxy-arp-policy

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies up to five export route policy names. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

The specified name(s) must already be defined.

loopback

Syntax 
[no] loopback
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command specifies that the associated interface is a loopback interface that has no associated physical interface. As a result, the associated IES/VPRN interface cannot be bound to a SAP.

Note:

Configure an IES interface as a loopback interface by issuing the loopback command instead of the sap sap-id command. The loopback flag cannot be set on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined on a loopback interface.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no loopback

mac

Syntax 
mac ieee-address
no mac [ieee-address]
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
Description 

This command assigns a specific MAC address to an IES IP interface.

The no form of the command returns the MAC address of the IP interface to the default value.

Default 

The physical MAC address associated with the Ethernet interface that the SAP is configured on (the default MAC address assigned to the interface, assigned by the system).

Parameters 
ieee-address —
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.

sap

Syntax 
sap sap-id [create]
no sap sap-id
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description 

This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access point on the interface and within the router. Each SAP must be unique.

All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.

Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.

A SAP can only be associated with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config interface port-type port-id mode access command.

If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down although all traffic traversing the service is discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.

Note:

Configure an IES interface as a loopback interface by issuing the loopback command instead of the sap sap-id command. The loopback flag cannot be set on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined on a loopback interface.

The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP are also deleted. For IES, the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface may be removed.

Special Cases 
IES—
IES SAP can be defined with Ethernet or SONET/SDH ports on the 7450 ESS. A SAP is defined within the context of an IP routed interface. Each IP interface is limited to a single SAP definition. Attempts to create a second SAP on an IP interface fails and generates an error; the original SAP is not affected.

accounting-policy

Syntax 
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
no accounting-policy
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description 

This command creates the accounting policy context that can be applied to a SAP or SDP.

An accounting policy must be defined before it can be associated with a SAP or SDP.

If the policy-id does not exist, an error message is generated.

A maximum of one accounting policy can be associated with a SAP or SDP at one time. Accounting policies are configured in the config>log context.

The no form of this command removes the accounting policy association from the SAP or SDP, and the accounting policy reverts to the default.

Default 

Default accounting policy.

Parameters 
acct-policy-id—
Specifies the accounting policy-id as configured in the config>log>accounting-policy context.
Values—
1 to 99

 

authentication-policy

Syntax 
authentication-policy name
no authentication-policy
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
Description 

This command defines which subscriber authentication policy must be applied when a DHCP message is received on the interface. The authentication policies must already be defined. The policy will only be applied when DHCP snooping is enabled on the SAP.

collect-stats

Syntax 
[no] collect-stats
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description 

This command enables accounting and statistical data collection for either the SAP or SDP, network port, or IP interface. When applying accounting policies the data, by default, is collected in the appropriate records and written to the designated billing file.

When the no collect-stats command is issued the statistics are still accumulated by the IOM cards. However, the CPU does not obtain the results and write them to the billing file. If a subsequent collect-stats command is issued then the counters written to the billing file include all the traffic while the no collect-stats command was in effect.

Default 

collect-stats

limit-mac-move

Syntax 
limit-mac-move [blockable | non-blockable]
no limit-mac-move
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This command indicates whether or not the mac-move agent, when enabled using config>service>vpls>mac-move or config>service>epipe>mac-move, limits the MAC re-learn (move) rate on this SAP.

Default 

limit-mac-move blockable

Parameters 
blockable—
Specifies that the agent monitors the MAC re-learn rate on the SAP, and it blocks it when the re-learn rate is exceeded.
non-blockable—
Specifies that this SAP is not blocked, and another blockable SAP is blocked instead.

mac-pinning

Syntax 
[no] mac-pinning
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description 

This command disables re-learning of MAC addresses on other SAPs within the VPLS. The MAC address remains attached to a given SAP for the duration of its age-timer.

The age of the MAC address entry in the FDB is set by the age timer. If mac-aging is disabled on a given VPLS service, any MAC address learned on a SAP/SDP with mac-pinning enabled remains in the FDB on this SAP or SDP forever.

Every event that would otherwise result in re-learning is logged (MAC address, original-SAP, new-SAP).

Note:

MAC addresses learned during DHCP address assignment (DHCP snooping enabled) are not impacted by this command. MAC-pinning for such addresses is implicit.

The no form of the command enables re-learning.

Default 

When a SAP or spoke SDP is part of a Residential Split Horizon Group (RSHG), MAC pinning is activated at creation of the SAP. Otherwise MAC pinning is not enabled by default.

managed-vlan-list

Syntax 
managed-vlan-list
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
Description 

This command enables the context to configure VLAN ranges to be managed by a management VPLS. The list indicates, for each SAP, the ranges of associated VLANs that are affected when the SAP changes state.

This command is only valid when the VPLS in which it is entered was created as a management VPLS.

range

Syntax 
[no] range vlan-range
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>managed-vlan-list
Description 

This command configures a range of VLANs on an access port that are to be managed by an existing management VPLS.

This command is only valid when the VPLS in which it is entered was created as a management VPLS, and when the SAP in which it was entered was created on an Ethernet port with encapsulation type of dot1q or qinq, or on a SONET/SDH port with encapsulation type of bcp-dot1q.

To modify the range of VLANs, first the new range should be entered and afterwards the old range removed.

The no form of the command removes the VLAN range from this configuration.

Parameters 
vlan-range—
Specifies the VLAN start value and VLAN end value. The end-vlan must be greater than start-vlan. The format is <start-vlan>-<end-vlan>.
Values—
start-vlan: 1 to 4094
end-vlan: 1 to 4094

 

track-srrp

Syntax 
track-srrp srrp-id
no track-srrp
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
Description 

This is a capture SAP level command. This command is important in PPPoE deployments with MSAPs. PPPoE operation requires that the MAC address learned by the client at the very beginning of the session negotiation phase remains unchanged for the lifetime of the session (RFC 2516). This command ensures that the virtual MAC address used during the PPPoE session negotiation phase on the capture SAP is the same virtual MAC address that is used by the SRRP on the group interface on which the session is established. Therefore, it is mandated that the SRRP instance (and implicitly the group-interface) where the session belongs to is known in advance. If the group interface name for the session is returned by the RADIUS, it must be ensured that this group interface is the one on which the tracked SRRP instance is configured. PPPoE sessions on the same capture SAP cannot be shared across multiple group interfaces, but instead they all must belong to a single group interface that is known in advance.

The same restrictions apply to IPoE clients in MC Redundancy scenario if they are to be supported concurrently on the same capture SAP as PPPoE.

The supported capture SAP syntax is this:

sap <port-id>:X.* capture-sap

The capture SAP syntax that is not supported is this:

sap <port-id>:*.* capture-sap

The no form of the command removes the SRRP ID from this configuration.

Parameters 
srrp-id—
Specifies the SRRP instance number.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

egress

Syntax 
egress
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>ies>if>sap
Description 

This command enables the context to configure egress Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.

If no QoS policy is defined, the system default QoS policy is used for egress processing. If no egress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.

filter

Syntax 
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
Description 

This command associates an IP filter policy with an ingress or egress Service Access Point (SAP). Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on the matching criteria. MAC filters are only allowed on Epipe and Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) SAPs.

The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified filter ID with an ingress or egress SAP. The filter policy must already be defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation fails and an error message returned.

In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP. One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to the match criteria, so the default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.

The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the SAP. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system unless the scope of the created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only break the association with the service object, use scope command within the filter definition to change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is local.

Special Cases 
IES—
Only IP filters are supported on an IES IP interface, and the filters only apply to routed traffic.
Parameters 
ip-filter-id
Specifies IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

ipv6-filter-id
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IPv6 filters.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

filter

Syntax 
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
Context 
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>egress
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>ingress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>egress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>ingress
Description 

This command associates an IP filter policy or MAC filter policy with an ingress or egress SDP.

Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on IP or MAC matching criteria. There are two types of filter policies: IP and MAC. Only one type may be applied to a SDP at a time.

The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified filter ID with an ingress or egress SDP. The filter ID must already be defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an error message returned.

In general, filters applied to SDP (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SDP. One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to IP match criteria, so the default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.

The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the SDP. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system unless the scope of the created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only break the association with the service object, use scope command within the filter definition to change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is local.

Special Cases 
VPLS—
Both MAC and IP filters are supported on a VPLS service SDP.
Parameters 
ip ip-filter-id
Specifies IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IPv6 filters.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

mac mac-filter-id
Specifies the MAC filter policy. The specified filter ID must already exist within the created MAC filters. The filter policy must already exist within the created MAC filters.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

qos

Syntax 
qos policy-id
qos policy-id port-redirect-group queue-group-name instance instance-id
no qos [policy-id]
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
Description 

This command associates a Quality of Service (QoS) policy with an ingress or egress Service Access Point (SAP) or IP interface.

QoS ingress and egress policies are important for the enforcement of SLA agreements. The policy ID must be defined prior to associating the policy with a SAP or IP interface. If the policy ID does not exist, an error is returned.

The qos command associates both ingress and egress QoS policies. The qos command only allows ingress policies to be associated on SAP or IP interface ingress and egress policies on SAP or IP interface egress. Attempts to associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error.

Only one ingress and one egress QoS policy can be associated with a SAP or IP interface at one time. Attempts to associate a second QoS policy of a given type returns an error.

By default, no specific QoS policy is associated with the SAP or IP interface for ingress or egress, so the default QoS policy is used.

The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the SAP or IP interface, and the QoS policy reverts to the default.

Parameters 
policy-id—
Specifies ingress or egress policy ID to associate with SAP or IP interface on ingress/egress. The policy ID must already exist.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

qos

Syntax 
qos policy-id [shared-queuing | multipoint-shared] [fp-redirect-group queue-group-name instance instance-id]
qos policy-id [shared-queuing | multipoint-shared]
no qos
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
Description 

This command associates a Quality of Service (QoS) policy with an ingress Service Access Point (SAP).

QoS ingress and egress policies are important for the enforcement of SLA agreements. The policy ID must be defined prior to associating the policy with a SAP. If the policy ID does not exist, an error is returned.

The qos command is used to associate both ingress and egress QoS policies. The qos command only allows ingress policies to be associated on SAP ingress and egress policies on SAP egress. Attempts to associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error.

Only one ingress and one egress QoS policy can be associated with a SAP or IP interface at one time. Attempts to associate a second QoS policy of a given type will return an error.

By default, no specific QoS policy is associated with the SAP for ingress or egress, so the default QoS policy is used.

The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the SAP, and the QoS policy reverts to the default.

The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the SAP or IP interface, and the QoS policy reverts to the default.

Default 

none

Parameters 
policy-id—
The ingress/egress policy ID to associate with SAP or IP interface on ingress/egress. The policy ID must already exist.

1 to 65535

shared-queuing—
Specifies the ingress shared queue policy used by this SAP. When the value of this object is null it means that the SAP will use individual ingress QoS queues instead of the shared ones.
multipoint-shared—
This keyword specifies that this queue-id is for multipoint forwarded traffic only. This queue-id can only be explicitly mapped to the forwarding class multicast, broadcast, or unknown unicast ingress traffic. Attempting to map forwarding class unicast traffic to a multipoint queue generates an error; no changes are made to the current unicast traffic queue mapping.

A queue must be created as multipoint. The multipoint designator cannot be defined after the queue is created. If an attempt is made to modify the command to include the multipoint keyword, an error is generated and the command will not execute.

The multipoint keyword can be entered in the command line on a preexisting multipoint queue to edit queue ID parameters.

Default—
Present (the queue is created as non-multipoint).
Values—
Multipoint or not present.

 

fp-redirect-group—
Creates an instance of a named queue group template on the ingress forwarding plane of a given IOM/IMM/XMA. The queue-group-name and instance instance-id are mandatory parameters when executing the command. The named queue group template can contain only policers. If it contains queues, then the command fails.
queue-group-name
Specifies the name of the queue group template to be instantiated on the forwarding plane of the IOM/IMM/XMA, up to 32 characters. The queue-group-name must correspond to a valid ingress queue group template name, configured in the config>qos>queue-group-templates context.
instance-id
specifies the instance of the named queue group to be created on the IOM/IMM/XMA ingress forwarding plane.

queue-override

Syntax 
[no] queue-override
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
Description 

This command enables the context to configure override values for the specified SAP egress QoS queue. These values override the corresponding ones specified in the associated SAP egress QoS policy.

queue

Syntax 
queue queue-id [create]
no queue queue-id
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override
Description 

This command specifies the ID of the queue whose parameters are to be overridden.

The no form of the command removes the queue ID from the configuration.

Parameters 
queue-id—
Specifies the queue ID whose parameters are to be overridden.
Values—
1 to 8

 

create—
Keyword used to create the queue ID. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.

avg-frame-overhead

Syntax 
avg-frame-overhead percent
no avg-frame-overhead
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command configures the average frame overhead to define the average percentage that the offered load to a queue will expand during the frame encapsulation process before sending traffic on-the-wire. While the avg-frame-overhead value may be defined on any queue, it is only used by the system for queues that egress a Sonet or SDH port or channel. Queues operating on egress Ethernet ports automatically calculate the frame encapsulation overhead based on a 20 byte per packet rule (8 bytes for preamble and 12 bytes for Inter-Frame Gap).

When calculating the frame encapsulation overhead for port scheduling purposes, the system determines the following values:

  1. Offered-Load — The offered-load of a queue is calculated by starting with the queue depth in octets, adding the received octets at the queue and subtracting queue discard octets. The result is the number of octets the queue has available to transmit. This is the packet-based offered-load.
  2. Frame-encapsulation overhead — Using the avg-frame-overhead parameter, the frame-encapsulation overhead is simply the queue’s current offered-load (how much has been received by the queue) multiplied by the avg-frame-overhead. If a queue had an offered load of 10,000 octets and the avg-frame-overhead equals 10%, the frame-encapsulation overhead would be 10,000 x 0.1 or 1,000 octets.

For egress Ethernet queues, the frame-encapsulation overhead is calculated by multiplying the number of offered-packets for the queue by 20 bytes. If a queue was offered 50 packets then the frame-encapsulation overhead would be 50 x 20 or 1,000 octets.

  1. Frame-based offered-load — The frame-based offered-load is calculated by adding the offered-load to the frame-encapsulation overhead. If the offered-load is 10,000 octets and the encapsulation overhead was 1,000 octets, the frame-based offered-load would equal 11,000 octets.
  2. Packet to frame factor — The packet to frame factor is calculated by dividing the frame-encapsulation overhead by the queue’s offered-load (packet-based). If the frame-encapsulation overhead is 1,000 octets and the offered-load is 10,000 octets then the packet to frame factor would be 1,000 / 10,000 or 0.1. When in use, the avg-frame-overhead is the same as the packet to frame factor making this calculation unnecessary.
  3. Frame-based CIR — The frame-based CIR is calculated by multiplying the packet to frame factor with the queue’s configured CIR, then adding that result to that CIR. If the queue CIR is set at 500 octets and the packet to frame factor equals 0.1, the frame-based CIR would be 500 x 1.1 or 550 octets.
  4. Frame-based within-CIR offered-load — The frame-based within-CIR offered-load is the portion of the frame-based offered-load considered to be within the frame-based CIR. The frame-based within-CIR offered-load is the lesser of the frame-based offered-load and the frame-based CIR. If the frame-based offered-load equaled 11000 octets and the frame-based CIR equaled 550 octets, the frame-based within-CIR offered-load would be limited to 550 octets. If the frame-based offered-load equaled 450 octets and the frame-based CIR equaled 550 octets, the frame-based within-CIR offered-load would equal 450 octets (or the entire frame-based offered-load).

As a special case, when a queue or associated intermediate scheduler is configured with a CIR-weight equal to 0, the system automatically sets the queue’s frame-based within-CIR offered-load to 0, preventing it from receiving bandwidth during the port scheduler’s within-CIR pass.

  1. Frame-based PIR — The frame-based PIR is calculated by multiplying the packet to frame factor with the queue’s-configured PIR, then adding the result to that PIR. If the queue PIR is set to 7500 octets and the packet to frame factor equals 0.1, the frame-based PIR would be 7,500 x 1.1 or 8,250 octets.
  2. Frame-based within-pir offered-load — The frame-based within-pir offered-load is the portion of the frame-based offered-load considered to be within the frame-based PIR. The frame-based within-pir offered-load is the lesser of the frame-based offered-load and the frame-based PIR. If the frame-based offered-load equaled 11,000 octets and the frame-based PIR equaled 8250 octets, the frame-based within-pir offered-load would be limited to 8,250 octets. If the frame-based offered-load equaled 7,000 octets and the frame-based PIR equaled 8,250 octets, the frame-based within-pir offered load would equal 7,000 octets.

Port Scheduler Operation Using Frame Transformed Rates — The port scheduler uses the frame-based rates to figure the maximum rates that each queue may receive during the within-CIR and above-CIR bandwidth allocation passes. During the within-CIR pass, a queue may receive up to its frame-based within-CIR offered-load. The maximum it may receive during the above-CIR pass is the difference between the frame-based within-pir offered load and the amount of actual bandwidth allocated during the within-CIR pass.

SAP and Subscriber SLA-Profile Average Frame Overhead Override — The average frame overhead parameter on a sap-egress may be overridden on an individual egress queue basis; on each SAP and within the sla-profile policy used by subscribers. An avg-frame-overhead command may be defined under the queue-override context for each queue. When overridden, the queue instance will use its local value for the average frame overhead instead of the sap-egress defined overhead.

The no form of this command restores the average frame overhead parameter for the queue to the default value of 0 percent. When set to 0, the system uses the packet-based queue statistics for calculating port scheduler priority bandwidth allocation. If the no avg-frame-overhead command is executed in a queue-override queue id context, the avg-frame-overhead setting for the queue within the sap-egress QoS policy takes effect.

Default 

0

Parameters 
percent—
This parameter sets the average amount of packet-to-frame encapsulation overhead expected for the queue. This value is not used by the system for egress Ethernet queues. This parameter only applies to the 7450 ESS and 7750 SR.
Values—
0.00 to 100.00

 

adaptation-rule

Syntax 
adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue’s adaptation rule parameters. The adaptation rule controls the method used by the system to derive the operational CIR and PIR settings when the queue is provisioned in hardware. For the CIR and PIR parameters individually, the system attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined constraint.

The no form of the command removes any explicitly defined constraints used to derive the operational CIR and PIR created by the application of the policy. When a specific adaptation-rule is removed, the default constraints for rate and cir apply.

Default 

no adaptation-rule

Parameters 
pir—
Specifies the constraints enforced when adapting the PIR rate defined within the queue queue-id rate command. The pir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational PIR for the queue. When the rate command is not specified, the default applies.
cir—
Specifies the constraints enforced when adapting the CIR rate defined within the queue queue-id rate command. The cir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational CIR for the queue. When the cir parameter is not specified, the default constraint applies.
adaptation-rule—
Specifies the CIR and PIR adaptation rules.
Values—
max — The max (maximum) option is mutually exclusive with the min and closest options. When max is defined, the operational PIR for the queue is equal to or less than the administrative rate specified using the rate command.
min — The min (minimum) option is mutually exclusive with the max and closest options. When min is defined, the operational PIR for the queue is equal to or greater than the administrative rate specified using the rate command.
closest — The closest parameter is mutually exclusive with the min and max parameter. When closest is defined, the operational PIR for the queue is the rate closest to the rate specified using the rate command.

 

avg-frame-overhead

Syntax 
avg-frame-overhead percentage
no avg-frame-overhead
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command configures the average frame overhead to define the average percentage that the offered load to a queue expands during the frame encapsulation process before sending traffic on-the-wire. While the avg-frame-overhead value may be defined on any queue, it is only used by the system for queues that egress a SONET or SDH port or channel. Queues operating on egress Ethernet ports automatically calculate the frame encapsulation overhead based on a 20 byte per packet rule (8 bytes for the preamble and 12 bytes for the inter-frame gap).

When calculating the frame encapsulation overhead for port scheduling purposes, the system determines the following values:

  1. The offered-load of a queue is calculated by starting with the queue depth in octets, adding the received octets at the queue and subtracting queue discard octets. The result is the number of octets the queue has available to transmit. This is the packet based offered-load.
  2. The frame encapsulation overhead using the avg-frame-overhead parameter. The frame encapsulation overhead is simply the queue’s current offered-load (how much has been received by the queue) multiplied by the avg-frame-overhead. If a queue had an offered load of 10000 octets and the avg-frame-overhead percentage equals 10%, the frame encapsulation overhead would be 10000 x 0.1 or 1000 octets.

For egress Ethernet queues, the frame encapsulation overhead is calculated by multiplying the number of offered-packets for the queue by 20 bytes. If a queue was offered 50 packets then the frame encapsulation overhead would be 50 x 20 or 1000 octets.

  1. Frame based offered-load — The frame-based offered-load is calculated by adding the offered-load to the frame encapsulation overhead. If the offered-load is 10000 octets and the encapsulation overhead was 1000 octets, the frame based offered-load would equal 11000 octets.
  2. Packet to frame factor — The packet to frame factor is calculated by dividing the frame encapsulation overhead by the queue’s offered-load (packet based). If the frame encapsulation overhead is 1000 octets and the offered-load is 10000 octets then the packet to frame factor would be 1000 / 10000 or 0.1. When in use, the avg-frame-overhead value is the same as the packet to frame factor making this calculation unnecessary.
  3. Frame based CIR — The frame based CIR is calculated by multiplying the packet to frame factor with the queue’s configured CIR and then adding that result to that CIR. If the queue CIR is set at 500 octets and the packet to frame factor equals 0.1, the frame based CIR would be 500 x 1.1 or 550 octets.
  4. Frame based within-cir offered-load — The frame based within-cir offered-load is the portion of the frame based offered-load considered to be within the frame-based CIR. The frame based within-cir offered-load is the lesser of the frame based offered-load and the frame based CIR. If the frame based offered-load equaled 11000 octets and the frame based CIR equaled 550 octets, the frame based within-cir offered-load would be limited to 550 octets. If the frame based offered-load equaled 450 octets and the frame based CIR equaled 550 octets, the frame based within-cir offered-load would equal 450 octets (or the entire frame based offered-load).

As a special case, when a queue or associated intermediate scheduler is configured with a CIR-weight equal to 0, the system automatically sets the queue’s frame based within-cir offered-load to 0, preventing it from receiving bandwidth during the port scheduler’s within-cir pass.

  1. Frame based PIR — The frame based PIR is calculated by multiplying the packet to frame factor with the queue’s configured PIR and then adding the result to that PIR. If the queue PIR is set to 7500 octets and the packet to frame factor equals 0.1, the frame based PIR would be 7500 x 1.1 or 8250 octets.
  2. Frame based within-pir offered-load — The frame based within-pir offered-load is the portion of the frame based offered-load considered to be within the frame based PIR. The frame based within-pir offered-load is the lesser of the frame based offered-load and the frame based PIR. If the frame based offered-load equaled 11000 octets and the frame based PIR equaled 8250 octets, the frame based within-pir offered-load would be limited to 8250 octets. If the frame based offered-load equaled 7000 octets and the frame based PIR equaled 8250 octets, the frame based within-pir offered load would equal 7000 octets.

Port scheduler operation using frame transformed rates — The port scheduler uses the frame based rates to figure the maximum rates that each queue may receive during the within-cir and above-cir bandwidth allocation passes. During the within-cir pass, a queue may receive up to its frame based within-cir offered-load. The maximum it may receive during the above-cir pass is the difference between the frame based within-pir offered load and the amount of actual bandwidth allocated during the within-cir pass.

SAP and subscriber SLA-profile average frame overhead override — The average frame overhead parameter on a sap-egress may be overridden at an individual egress queue basis. On each SAP and within the sla-profile policy used by subscribers an avg-frame-overhead command may be defined under the queue-override context for each queue. When overridden, the queue instance uses its local value for the average frame overhead instead of the sap-egress defined overhead.

The no form of this command restores the average frame overhead parameter for the queue to the default value of 0 percent. When set to 0, the system uses the packet based queue statistics for calculating port scheduler priority bandwidth allocation. If the no avg-frame-overhead command is executed in a queue-override queue id context, the avg-frame-overhead setting for the queue within the sap-egress QoS policy takes effect.

Default 

avg-frame-overhead 0

Parameters 
percentage—
Specifies the average amount of packet-to-frame encapsulation overhead expected for the queue. This value is not used by the system for egress Ethernet queues.
Values—
0 to 100

 

cbs

Syntax 
cbs size-in-kbytes
no cbs
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue’s CBS parameters.

It is permissible, and possibly desirable, to oversubscribe the total CBS reserved buffers for a given access port egress buffer pool. Oversubscription may be desirable due to the potential large number of service queues and the economy of statistical multiplexing the individual queue’s CBS settings into the defined reserved total.

When oversubscribing the reserved total, it is possible for a queue depth to be lower than its CBS setting and still not receive a buffer from the buffer pool for an ingress frame. As more queues are using their CBS buffers and the total in use exceeds the defined reserved total, essentially the buffers are being removed from the shared portion of the pool without the shared in use average and total counts being decremented. This can affect the operation of the high and low priority RED slopes on the pool, causing them to miscalculate when to start randomly drop packets.

The no form of this command returns the CBS size to the default value.

Default 

no cbs

Parameters 
size-in-kbytes—
Specifies the size parameter is an integer expression of the number of kilobytes reserved for the queue. If a value of 10 kbytes is desired, enter the value 10. A value of 0 specifies that no reserved buffers are required by the queue (a minimal reserved size can still be applied for scheduling purposes).
Values—
0 to 1048576, default

 

cbs

Syntax 
cbs size-in-kbytes
no cbs
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue’s CBS parameters.

It is permissible, and possibly desirable, to oversubscribe the total CBS reserved buffers for a given access port egress buffer pool. Oversubscription may be desirable due to the potential large number of service queues and the economy of statistical multiplexing the individual queue’s CBS settings into the defined reserved total.

When oversubscribing the reserved total, it is possible for a queue depth to be lower than its CBS setting and still not receive a buffer from the buffer pool for an ingress frame. As more queues are using their CBS buffers and the total in use exceeds the defined reserved total, essentially the buffers are being removed from the shared portion of the pool without the shared in use average and total counts being decremented. This can affect the operation of the high and low priority RED slopes on the pool, causing them to miscalculate when to start randomly drop packets.

The no form of this command returns the CBS size to the default value.

Default 

no cbs

Parameters 
size-in-kbytes—
Specifies the number of kilobytes reserved for the queue. If a value of 10KBytes is desired, enter the value 10. A value of 0 specifies that no reserved buffers are required by the queue (a minimal reserved size can still be applied for scheduling purposes).
Values—
0 to 1048576 or default

 

mbs

Syntax 
mbs {size-in-kbytes | default}
no mbs
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue’s MBS parameters. The MBS value is used by a queue to determine whether it has exhausted all of its buffers while enqueuing packets. Once the queue has exceeded the amount of buffers allowed by MBS, all packets are discarded until packets have been drained from the queue.

The sum of the MBS for all queues on an ingress access port can oversubscribe the total amount of buffering available. When congestion occurs and buffers become scarce, access to buffers is controlled by the RED slope a packet is associated with. A queue that has not exceeded its MBS size is not guaranteed that a buffer be available when needed or that the packets RED slope is not forced the discard of the packet. Setting proper CBS parameters and controlling CBS oversubscription is one major safeguard to queue starvation (when a queue does not receive its fair share of buffers). Another is properly setting the RED slope parameters for the needs of services on this port or channel.

The no form of this command returns the MBS size assigned to the queue to the default value.

Default 

mbs default

Parameters 
size-in-kbytes—
Specifies the maximum number of kilobytes of buffering allowed for the queue. For a value of 100 kb/s, enter the value 100. A value of 0 causes the queue to discard all packets.
Values—
0 to 1073741824 or default

 

rate

Syntax 
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
no rate
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue’s Peak Information Rate (PIR) and the Committed Information Rate (CIR) parameters.

The PIR defines the maximum rate that the queue can transmit packets out an egress interface (for SAP egress queues). Defining a PIR does not necessarily guarantee that the queue can transmit at the intended rate. The actual rate sustained by the queue can be limited by oversubscription factors or available egress bandwidth.

The CIR defines the rate at which the system prioritizes the queue over other queues competing for the same bandwidth. In-profile, then out-of-profile packets are preferentially queued by the system at egress and at subsequent next hop nodes where the packet can traverse. To be properly handled throughout the network, the packets must be marked accordingly for profiling at each hop.

The CIR can be used by the queue’s parent commands cir-level and cir-weight parameters to define the amount of bandwidth considered to be committed for the child queue during bandwidth allocation by the parent scheduler.

The rate command can be executed at anytime, altering the PIR and CIR rates for all queues created through the association of the SAP egress QoS policy with the queue-id.

The no form of the command returns all queues created with the queue-id by association with the QoS policy to the default PIR and CIR parameters (max, 0).

Default 

rate max cir 0

Parameters 
pir-rate—
Defines the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, for the queue. When the rate command is executed, a valid PIR setting must be explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed, the default PIR of max is assumed. Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer.

The actual PIR rate is dependent on the queue’s adaptation-rule parameters and the actual hardware where the queue is provisioned.

Values—
1 to 2000000000

 

Default—
max
cir-rate—
Overrides the default administrative CIR used by the queue. When the rate command is executed, a CIR setting is optional. When the rate command has not been executed or the cir parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR (0) is assumed. Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer.
Values—
0 to 2000000000, max

 

Default—
0

drop-tail

Syntax 
drop-tail
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command enables the context to configure queue drop tail parameters.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail
Description 

This command enables the context to configure the queue low drop-tail parameters. The low drop tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets are not accepted into the queue and are discarded.

percent-reduction-from-mbs

Syntax 
percent-reduction-from-mbs percent
no percent-reduction-from-mbs
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail>low
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail>low
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail>low
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail>low
Description 

This command overrides the low queue drop tail as a percentage reduction from the MBS of the queue. For example, if a queue has an MBS of 600 kbytes and this percentage is configured to be 30% for the low drop tail, then the low drop tail is at 420 kbytes and out-of-profile packets are not accepted into the queue if its depth is greater than this value, and discarded.

Parameters 
percent—
Specifies the percentage reduction from the MBS for a queue drop tail.
Values—
0 to 100, default

 

mbs

Syntax 
mbs size [bytes | kilobytes]
no mbs
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue’s MBS parameters. The MBS is a mechanism to override the default maximum size for the queue.

The sum of the MBS for all queues on an egress access port can oversubscribe the total amount of buffering available. When congestion occurs and buffers become scarce, access to buffers is controlled by the RED slope a packet is associated with. A queue that has not exceeded its MBS size is not guaranteed that a buffer is available when needed or that the packets RED slope will not force the discard of the packet. Setting proper CBS parameters and controlling CBS oversubscription is one major safeguard to queue starvation (when a queue does not receive its fair share of buffers). Another is properly setting the RED slope parameters for the needs of services on this port or channel.

The no form of this command returns the MBS size assigned to the queue.

Default 

mbs default

Parameters 
size—
This required parameter specifies that the MBS is expressed as an integer representing the required size in either bytes or kilobytes. The default is kilobytes. The optional byte and kilobyte keywords are mutually exclusive and are used to explicitly to define the size. By specifying the keyword default sets the MBS to its default value.
Values—
0 to 1073741824, default

 

bytes—
Specifies that the value given for size is interpreted as the queue'sMBS value in bytes.
kilobytes—
Specifies that the value given for size is interpreted as the queue's MBS value in kb/s.

rate

Syntax 
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
no rate
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue’s Peak Information Rate (PIR) and the Committed Information Rate (CIR) parameters.

The PIR defines the maximum rate that the queue can transmit packets out an egress interface (for SAP egress queues). Defining a PIR does not necessarily guarantee that the queue can transmit at the intended rate. The actual rate sustained by the queue can be limited by oversubscription factors or available egress bandwidth.

The CIR defines the rate at which the system prioritizes the queue over other queues competing for the same bandwidth. In-profile, then out-of-profile, packets are preferentially queued by the system at egress and at subsequent next hop nodes where the packet can traverse. To be properly handled throughout the network, the packets must be marked accordingly for profiling at each hop.

The CIR can be used by the queue’s parent commands cir-level and cir-weight parameters to define the amount of bandwidth considered to be committed for the child queue during bandwidth allocation by the parent scheduler.

The rate command can be executed at any time, altering the PIR and CIR rates for all queues created through the association of the SAP egress QoS policy with the queue-id.

The no form of the command returns all queues created with the queue-id by association with the QoS policy to the default PIR and CIR parameters (max, 0).

Default 

rate max cir 0

Parameters 
pir-rate—
Defines the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, for the queue. When the rate command is executed, a valid PIR setting must be explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed, the default PIR of max is assumed.

Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer.

The actual PIR rate is dependent on the queue’s adaptation-rule parameters and the actual hardware where the queue is provisioned.

Values—
1 to 2000000000

 

Default—
max
cir-rate
Overrides the default administrative CIR used by the queue. When the rate command is executed, a CIR setting is optional. When the rate command has not been executed or the cir parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR (0) is assumed.

Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer. The sum keyword specifies that the CIR be used as the summed CIR values of the children schedulers or queues.

Values—
0 to 2000000000, max, sum

 

Default—
0

rate

Syntax 
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
no rate
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>sched-override>scheduler
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified scheduler rate. The rate command defines the maximum bandwidth that the scheduler can offer its policers, child queues or schedulers. The maximum rate is limited to the amount of bandwidth the scheduler can receive from its parent scheduler. If the scheduler has no parent, the maximum rate is assumed to be the amount available to the scheduler. When a parent is associated with the scheduler, the CIR parameter provides the amount of bandwidth to be considered during the parent scheduler’s ‘within CIR’ distribution phase.

The actual operating rate of the scheduler is limited by bandwidth constraints other than its maximum rate. The scheduler’s parent scheduler may not have the available bandwidth to meet the scheduler’s needs or the bandwidth available to the parent scheduler could be allocated to other child schedulers or child queues on the parent based on higher priority. The children of the scheduler may not need the maximum rate available to the scheduler due to insufficient offered load or limits to their own maximum rates.

When a scheduler is defined without specifying a rate, the default rate is max. If the scheduler is a root scheduler (no parent defined), the default maximum rate must be changed to an explicit value. Without this explicit value, the scheduler assumes that an infinite amount of bandwidth is available and allow all child queues and schedulers to operate at their maximum rates.

The no form of this command returns the scheduler's PIR and CIR parameters to the value configured in the applied scheduler policy.

Default 

rate max cir sum

Parameters 
pir-rate—
Specifies the PIR rates. The pir parameter accepts a step multiplier value that specifies the multiplier used to determine the PIR rate at which the queue operates. A value of 0 to 100000000 or the keyword max is accepted. Any other value results in an error without modifying the current PIR rate.

To calculate the actual PIR rate, the rate described by the queue’s rate is multiplied by the pir-rate.

The SAP ingress context for PIR is independent of the defined forwarding class (fc) for the queue. The default pir and definable range is identical for each class. The PIR in effect for a queue defines the maximum rate at which the queue is allowed to forward packets in a given second, thus shaping the queue’s output.

The PIR parameter for SAP ingress queues do not have a negate (no) function. To return the queue’s PIR rate to the default value, that value must be specified as the PIR value.

Values—
1 to 100000000, max

 

Default—
max
cir-rate
Specifies the CIR rate. The cir parameter accepts a step-multiplier value that specifies the multiplier used to determine the CIR rate at which the queue operate. A value of 0 to 250 or the keyword max is accepted. Any other value results in an error without modifying the current CIR rate.

To calculate the actual CIR rate, the rate described by the rate pir pir-rate is multiplied by the cir-rate. If the cir is set to max, then the CIR rate is set to infinity.

The context for CIR is dependent on the defined forwarding class (fc) for the queue. The default CIR and definable range is different for each class. The CIR in effect for a policer or queue defines both its profile (in or out) marking level as well as the relative importance compared to other queues for scheduling purposes during congestion periods.

Values—
0 to 10000000, max, sum

 

Default—
sum

scheduler-override

Syntax 
[no] scheduler-override
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
Description 

This command enables the context to configure the set of attributes whose values have been overridden via management on this virtual scheduler. Clearing a given flag returns the corresponding overridden attribute to the value defined on the SAP's ingress scheduler policy.

The no form of the command removes scheduler parameters from the configuration.

scheduler

Syntax 
scheduler scheduler-name
no scheduler scheduler-name
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>sched-override
Description 

This command overrides specific attributes of the specified scheduler name.

A scheduler defines a bandwidth control that limits each child (other schedulers, policers and queues) associated with the scheduler. Scheduler objects are created within the hierarchical tiers of the policy. It is assumed that each scheduler created has policers, queues or other schedulers defined as child associations. The scheduler can be a child which takes bandwidth from a scheduler in a higher tier. A total of 32 schedulers can be created within a single scheduler policy with no restriction on the distribution between the tiers.

Each scheduler must have a unique name within the context of the scheduler policy; however the same name can be reused in multiple scheduler policies. If scheduler-name already exists within the policy tier level (regardless of the inclusion of the keyword create), the context changes to that scheduler name for the purpose of editing the scheduler parameters. Modifications made to an existing scheduler are executed on all instantiated schedulers created through association with the policy of the edited scheduler. This can cause policers, queues or schedulers to become orphaned (invalid parent association) and adversely affect the ability of the system to enforce service level agreements (SLAs).

If the scheduler-name exists within the policy on a different tier (regardless of the inclusion of the keyword create), an error occurs and the current CLI context does not change.

If the scheduler-name does not exist in this or another tier within the scheduler policy, it is assumed that an attempt is being made to create a scheduler of that name. The success of the command execution is dependent on the following:

  1. The maximum number of schedulers has not been configured.
  2. The provided scheduler-name is valid.
  3. The create keyword is entered with the command if the system is configured to require it (enabled in the environment create command).

When the maximum number of schedulers has been exceeded on the policy, a configuration error occurs and the command does not execute, nor does the CLI context change.

If the provided scheduler-name is invalid according to the criteria below, a name syntax error occurs, the command does not execute, and the CLI context does not change.

The no form of the command removes the scheduler name from the configuration.

Parameters 
scheduler-name—
Specifies name of the scheduler
Values—
Valid names consist of any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

 

create—
This optional keyword explicitly specifies that it is acceptable to create a scheduler with the given scheduler-name. If the create keyword is omitted, scheduler-name is not created when the system environment variable create is set to true. This safeguard is meant to avoid accidental creation of system objects (such as schedulers) while attempting to edit an object with a mistyped name or ID. The keyword has no effect when the object already exists.

scheduler-policy

Syntax 
scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name
no scheduler-policy
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
Description 

This command applies an existing scheduler policy to an ingress or egress scheduler used by SAP queues associated with this multi-service customer site. The schedulers defined in the scheduler policy can only be created once the customer site has been appropriately assigned to a chassis port, channel or slot. Scheduler policies are defined in the config>qos>scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name context.

The no form of this command removes the configured ingress or egress scheduler policy from the multi-service customer site. When the policy is removed, the schedulers created due to the policy are removed also making them unavailable for the ingress SAP queues and egress SAP policers and queues associated with the customer site. Policers and queues that lose their parent scheduler association are deemed to be orphaned and are no longer subject to a virtual scheduler. The SAPs that have policers or queues reliant on the removed schedulers enter into an operational state depicting the orphaned status of one or more policers or queues. When the no scheduler-policy command is executed, the customer site ingress or egress node will not contain an applied scheduler policy.

Parameters 
scheduler-policy-name—
The scheduler-policy-name parameter applies an existing scheduler policy that was created in the config>qos>scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name context to create the hierarchy of ingress or egress virtual schedulers. The scheduler names defined within the policy are created and made available to any ingress or egress queues created on associated SAPs.
Values—
Any existing valid scheduler policy name.

 

ingress

Syntax 
ingress
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>ies>if>sap
Description 

This command enables the context to configure ingress Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.

If no QoS policy is defined, the system default sap-ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.

l2pt-termination

Syntax 
[no] l2pt-termination
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This commands enables L2PT termination on a given SAP or spoke SDP. L2PT termination is supported only for STP BPDUs. PDUs of other protocols are discarded.

This feature can be enabled only if STP is disabled in the context of the given VPLS service.

The no form of the command disables the L2PT termination.

Default 

no l2pt-termination

match-qinq-dot1p

Syntax 
match-qinq-dot1p {top | bottom}
no match-qinq-dot1p
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
Description 

This command specifies which dot1Q tag position dot1P bits in a QinQ encapsulated packet should be used to evaluate dot1P QoS classification.

The match-qinq-dot1p command allows the top or bottom PBits to be used when evaluating the applied sap-ingress QoS policy’s dot1P entries. The top and bottom keywords specify which position should be evaluated for QinQ encapsulated packets.

By default, the bottom-most service delineating dot1Q tag’s dot1P bits are used. Table 8 defines the default behavior for dot1P evaluation when the match-qinq-dot1p command is not executed.

Table 8:  Default QinQ and TopQ SAP Dot1P Evaluation  

Port / SAP Type

Existing Packet Tags

PBits Used for Match

Null

None

None

Null

Dot1P (VLAN-ID 0)

Dot1P PBits

Null

Dot1Q

Dot1Q PBits

Null

TopQ BottomQ

TopQ PBits

Null

TopQ (No BottomQ)

TopQ PBits

Dot1Q

None (Default SAP)

None

Dot1Q

Dot1P (Default SAP VLAN-ID 0)

Dot1P PBits

Dot1Q

Dot1Q

Dot1Q PBits

QinQ/TopQ

TopQ

TopQ PBits

QinQ/TopQ

TopQ BottomQ

TopQ PBits

QinQ/TopQ

TopQ BottomQ

BottomQ PBits

The no form of the command restores the default dot1p evaluation behavior for the SAP.

Default 

no match-qinq-dot1p (no filtering based on p-bits)

(top or bottom must be specified to override the default QinQ dot1p behavior)

Parameters 
top—
The top parameter is mutually exclusive to the bottom parameter. When the top parameter is specified, the topmost PBits are used (if existing) to match any dot1p dot1p-value entries. Table 9 defines the dot1p evaluation behavior when the top parameter is specified.
Table 9:  Top Position QinQ and TopQ SAP Dot1P Evaluation  

Port / SAP Type

Existing Packet Tags

PBits Used for Match

Null

None

None

Null

Dot1P (VLAN-ID 0)

Dot1P PBits

Null

Dot1Q

Dot1Q PBits

Null

TopQ BottomQ

TopQ PBits

Null

TopQ (No BottomQ)

TopQ PBits

Dot1Q

None (Default SAP)

None

Dot1Q

Dot1P (Default SAP VLAN-ID 0)

Dot1P PBits

Dot1Q

Dot1Q

Dot1Q PBits

QinQ/TopQ

TopQ

TopQ PBits

QinQ/TopQ

TopQ BottomQ

TopQ PBits

QinQ/QinQ

TopQ BottomQ

TopQ PBits

bottom—
The bottom parameter is mutually exclusive to the top parameter. When the bottom parameter is specified, the bottom most PBits are used (if existing) to match any dot1p dot1p-value entries. Table 10 defines the dot1p evaluation behavior when the bottom parameter is specified.
Table 10:  Bottom Position QinQ and TopQ SAP Dot1P Evaluation  

Port / SAP Type

Existing Packet Tags

PBits Used for Match

Null

None

None

Null

Dot1P (VLAN-ID 0)

Dot1P PBits

Null

Dot1Q

Dot1Q PBits

Null

TopQ BottomQ

BottomQ PBits

Null

TopQ (No BottomQ)

TopQ PBits

Dot1Q

None (Default SAP)

None

Dot1Q

Dot1P (Default SAP VLAN-ID 0)

Dot1P PBits

Dot1Q

Dot1Q

Dot1Q PBits

QinQ/TopQ

TopQ

TopQ PBits

QinQ/TopQ

TopQ BottomQ

BottomQ PBits

QinQ/QinQ

TopQ BottomQ

BottomQ PBits

max-nbr-mac-addr

Syntax 
max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
no max-nbr-mac-addr
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This command specifies the maximum number of FDB entries for both learned and static MAC addresses for this SAP or spoke SDP.

When the configured limit has been reached, and discard-unknown-source has been enabled for this SAP or spoke SDP (see the discard-unknown-source command), packets with unknown source MAC addresses are discarded.

The no form of the command restores the global MAC learning limitations for the SAP or spoke SDP.

Default 

no max-nbr-mac-addr

Parameters 
table-size—
Specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the FDB from this SAP.
Values—
1 to 511999 for the 7750 SR
1 to 131071 for the 7450 ESS

 

multi-service-site

Syntax 
multi-service-site customer-site-name
no multi-service-site
Context 
config>service>ies>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description 

This command associates the SAP with a customer-site-name. If the specified customer-site-name does not exist in the context of the service customer ID an error occurs and the command will not execute. If customer-site-name exists, the current and future defined queues on the SAP (ingress and egress) attempts to use the scheduler hierarchies created within customer-site-name as parent schedulers.

This command is mutually exclusive with the SAP ingress and egress scheduler policy commands. If a scheduler policy has been applied to either the ingress or egress nodes on the SAP, the multi-service-site command fails without executing. The locally applied scheduler policies must be removed prior to executing the multi-service-site command.

The no form of the command removes the SAP from any multi-service customer site the SAP belongs to. Removing the site can cause existing or future policers and queues to enter an orphaned state.

Parameters 
customer-site-name—
Specifies an existing customer site name, up to 32 characters. If the customer-site-name exists and local scheduler policies have not been applied to the SAP, the current and future policers queues defined on the SAP looks for their parent schedulers within the scheduler hierarchies defined in the customer-site-name.

static-host

Syntax 
static-host ip ip-address [mac ieee-address] [create]
static-host mac ieee-address [create]
no static-host ip ip-address mac ieee-address
no static-host all [force]
no static-host ip ip-address
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description 

This command creates a static subscriber host for the SAP. Static subscriber hosts may be used by the system for various purposes. Applications within the system that make use of static host entries include anti-spoof, ARP reply agent and source MAC population into the VPLS forwarding database.

Multiple static hosts may be defined on the SAP. Each host is identified by either a source IP address, a source MAC address or both a source IP and source MAC address. Every static host definition must have at least one address defined, IP or MAC.

Static hosts can exist on the SAP even with anti-spoof and ARP reply agent features disabled. When enabled, each feature has different requirements for static hosts.

The no form of the command removes a static entry from the system. The specified ip-address and mac-address must match the host’s exact IP and MAC addresses as defined when it was created. When a static host is removed from the SAP, the corresponding anti-spoof filter entry and/or FDB entry is also removed.

Parameters 
ip-address
Specify this optional parameter when defining a static host. The IP address must be specified for anti-spoof ip, anti-spoof ip-mac and arp-reply-agent (arp-reply-agent is supported by the 7450 ESS only). Only one static host may be configured on the SAP with a given IP address.
mac-address
Specify this optional parameter when defining a static host. The MAC address must be specified for anti-spoof mac, and anti-spoof ip-mac and arp-reply-agent (arp-reply-agent is supported by the 7450 ESS only). Multiple static hosts may be configured with the same MAC address given that each definition is distinguished by a unique IP address.

Every static host definition must have at least one address defined, IP or MAC.

force—
Specifies the forced removal of the static host addresses.

ancp-string

Syntax 
ancp-string ancp-string
no ancp-string
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description 

This command specifies the ANCP string associated to this SAP host.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no ancp-string

Parameters 
ancp-string—
Specifies the ANCP string up to 63 characters.

app-profile

Syntax 
app-profile app-profile-name
no app-profile
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description 

This command specifies an application profile name.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no app-profile

Parameters 
app-profile-name—
Specifies the application profile name up to 32 characters.

inter-dest-id

Syntax 
inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id
no inter-dest-id
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description 

This command specifies to which intermediate destination (for example a DSLAM) this host belongs.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no inter-dest-id

Parameters 
intermediate-destination-id—
Specifies the intermediate destination ID.

managed-routes

Syntax 
managed-routes
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description 

This command enables the context to configure managed route parameters.

route

Syntax 
route {ip-prefix/length | ip-prefix netmask} [create]
no route {ip-prefix/length | ip-prefix netmask} [metric metric-value]
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host>managed-routes
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host>managed-routes
Description 

This command assigns a managed route to a given subscriber-host. As a consequence, a static-route pointing subscriber-host IP address as a next hop is installed in FDB. Up to 16 managed routes per subscriber-host can be configured.

The no form of the command removes the respective route.

Parameters 
ipv6-prefix/length | ipv6-prefix netmask—
Associates an IPv6 managed route to the IPv6 static host. The IPv6 managed routes can overlap with the static host IPv6 address.
ipv4-prefix/length | ipv6-prefix netmask —
Associates an IPv4 managed route to the IPv4 static host.
Note:

A maximum of 16 managed routes can be associated to a static host. IPv4 hosts can only have IPv4 managed routes and IPv6 hosts can only have IPv6 managed routes.

metric-value
A metric can be associated with the provisioned managed route

sla-profile

Syntax 
sla-profile sla-profile-name
no sla-profile
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description 

This command specifies an existing SLA profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The SLA profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile context.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no sla-profile

Parameters 
sla-profile-name—
Specifies the SLA profile name.

sub-profile

Syntax 
sub-profile sub-profile-name
no sub-profile
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description 

This command specifies an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no sub-profile

Parameters 
sub-profile-name—
Specifies the sub-profile name.

subscriber

Syntax 
subscriber sub-ident
no subscriber
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description 

This command specifies an existing subscriber identification profile to be associated with the static subscriber host.

Parameters 
sub-ident—
Specifies the subscriber identification.

subscriber-sap-id

Syntax 
[no] subscriber-sap-id
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description 

This command enables using the SAP ID as subscriber id.

Parameters 
subscriber-sap-id—
Specifies to use the sap-id as the subscriber-id.

static-host-mgmt

Syntax 
static-host-mgmt
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description 

This command enables the context to configure common parameters for IPv6 static hosts.

mac-learning-options

Syntax 
[no] mac-learning-options
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt
Description 

This command configures additional methods by which the BNG learns the subscriber host MAC.

data-triggered

Syntax 
[no] data-triggered
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt>mac-learning-options
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt>mac-learning-options
Description 

This command enables learning of MAC addresses from data packets.

The no form of the command disables learning of MAC addresses from data packets.

Default 

no data-triggered

single-mac

Syntax 
[no] single-mac
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt>mac-learning-options
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt>mac-learning-options
Description 

This command controls how the SAP learns the IPv6 static host MAC address. Enabling this command indicates that this particular SAP only has one subscriber and only has one MAC address for all hosts. With this parameter enabled, the subscriber’s NS and RS source MAC address is used to automatically populate the subscriber MAC address. To allow this auto-populate behavior, the subscriber’s NS and RS source IP must be of type link local address.

Default 

no single-mac

secondary

Syntax 
secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast all-ones | host-ones] [igp-inhibit]
no secondary ip-address
Context 
config>service>ies>if
Description 

This command assigns a secondary IP address or IP subnet/broadcast address format to the interface.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
ip-address—
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that is used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
mask—
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that is used in a logical and function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252.
Note:

A mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.

netmask—
Specifies a string of 0s and 1s that mask or screen out the network part of an IP address so that only the host computer part of the address remains.
broadcast—
Overrides the default broadcast address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones which indicates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the broadcast address to all-ones or revert back to a broadcast address of host-ones.

The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is assigned or changed.

This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones) or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) is received by the IP interface. (Default: host-ones)

all-ones—
Specifies the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address is 255.255.255.255, also known as the local broadcast.
host-ones—
Specifies that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address is the subnet broadcast address. This is an IP address that corresponds to the local subnet described by the ip-address and the mask-length or mask with all the host bits set to binary one. This is the default broadcast address used by an IP interface. The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negate feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change the broadcast type to host-ones after being changed to all-ones, the address command must be executed with the broadcast parameter defined.
igp-inhibit—
Signals that the given secondary IP interface should not be recognized as a local interface by the running IGP. For OSPF and IS-IS, this means that the specified secondary IP interfaces are not injected and used as passive interfaces and are not advertised as internal IP interfaces into the IGP’s link state database. For RIP, this means that these secondary IP interfaces do not source RIP updates.

spoke-sdp

Syntax 
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context 
config>service>ies>if
Description 

This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP).

A spoke SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge “port” where flooded traffic received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other “ports” (other spoke and mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.

The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.

The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to associate an SDP with an IES service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.

SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end devices can participate in the service.

The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router. The spoke SDP must be shut down first before it can be deleted from the configuration.

Special Cases 
IES—
At most, only one sdp-id can be bound to an IES service.
Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies an SDP identifier.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifies virtual circuit identifier.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

egress

Syntax 
egress
Context 
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This command enables the context to configure egress SDP parameters.

vc-label

Syntax 
[no] vc-label egress-vc-label
Context 
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp>egress
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>egress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>egress
Description 

This command configures egress VC label parameters.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no vc-label

Parameters 
vc-label—
Specifies a VC egress value that indicates a specific connection.
Values—
16 to 1048575

 

ingress

Syntax 
ingress
Context 
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This command enables the context to configure ingress SDP parameters.

vc-label

Syntax 
[no] vc-label ingress-vc-label
Context 
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp>ingress
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>ingress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>ingress
Description 

This command configures the ingress VC label.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no vc-label

Parameters 
vc-label—
Specifies a VC ingress value that indicates a specific connection.
Values—
2048 to 18431

 

def-mesh-vc-id

Syntax 
[no] def-mesh-vc-id vc-id
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command configures the value used by each end of a tunnel to identify the VC. If this command is not configured, then the service ID value is used as the VC-ID.

This VC-ID is used instead of a label to identify a virtual circuit. The VC-ID is significant between peer routers on the same hierarchical level. The value of a VC-ID is conceptually independent from the value of the label or any other datalink specific information of the VC.

The no form of this command disables the VC-ID.

Parameters 
vc-id—
Specifies the value used be each end of a tunnel to identify the VC.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

disable-aging

Syntax 
[no] disable-aging
Context 
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>sap
Description 

This command disables MAC address aging across a VPLS service or on a VPLS service SAP or spoke SDP.

Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the VPLS forwarding database (FDB). The disable-aging command turns off aging for local and remote learned MAC addresses.

When no disable-aging is specified for a VPLS, it is possible to disable aging for specific SAPs and/or spoke SDPs by entering the disable-aging command at the appropriate level.

When the disable-aging command is entered at the VPLS level, the disable-aging state of individual SAPs or SDPs is ignored.

The no form of this command enables aging on the VPLS service.

Default 

no disable-aging

disable-learning

Syntax 
[no] disable-learning
Context 
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This command enables learning of new MAC addresses in the VPLS forwarding database (FDB) for the service instance, SAP instance or spoke SDP instance.

When disable-learning is enabled, a new source MAC addresses is not entered in the VPLS service forwarding database for both local and remote MAC addresses.

When no disable-learning is specified for a VPLS on a 7450 ESS, it is possible to disable learning for specific SAPs and/or spoke SDPs by entering the disable-learning command at the appropriate level.

When disabled, new source MAC addresses are learned and entered into the VPLS forwarding database. When the no disable-learning command is entered on VPLS level on a 7450 ESS, the disable-learning state of individual SAPs or spoke SDPs is ignored.

This parameter is mainly used in conjunction with the discard-unknown command.

The no form of this command enables learning of MAC addresses meaning that normal MAC learning is enabled.

Default 

no disable-learning

discard-unknown-source

Syntax 
[no] discard-unknown-source
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

When this command is enabled, packets received on a SAP or on a spoke SDP with an unknown source MAC address are dropped only if the maximum number of MAC addresses for that SAP or spoke SDP (see max-nbr-mac-addr) has been reached. If max-nbr-mac-addr has not been set for the SAP or spoke SDP, enabling discard-unknown-source has no effect.

When disabled, the packets are forwarded based on the destination MAC addresses.

The no form of this command causes packets with an unknown source MAC addresses to be forwarded by destination MAC addresses in VPLS.

Default 

no discard-unknown-source

Parameters 
ima—
Specifies Inverse Multiplexing over ATM. An IMA Group is a collection of physical links bundled together and assigned to an ATM Port (applies only the 7750 SR).
qtag1, qtag2—
Specifies the encapsulation value used to identify the SAP on the port or sub-port. If this parameter is not specifically defined, the default value is 0.
Values—

qtag1:

0 to 4094

qtag2:

*, 0 to 4094

 

The values depend on the encapsulation type configured for the interface. The following table describes the allowed values for the port and encapsulation types.
Table 11:  Allowed Values For Port And Encapsulation Types 

Port Type

Encap-Type

Allowed Values

Comments

Ethernet

Null

0

The SAP is identified by the port.

Ethernet

Dot1q

0 to 4094

The SAP is identified by the 802.1Q tag on the port. Note that a 0 qtag1 value also accepts untagged packets on the dot1q port.

Ethernet

QinQ

qtag1: 0 to 4094

qtag2: 0 to 4094

The SAP is identified by two 802.1Q tags on the port. Note that a 0 qtag1 value also accepts untagged packets on the dot1q port.

SONET/SDH

IPCP

-

The SAP is identified by the channel. No BCP is deployed and all traffic is IP.

SONET/SDH

TDM

BCP-Null

0

The SAP is identified with a single service on the channel. Tags are assumed to be part of the customer packet and not a service delimiter.

SONET/SDH

TDM

BCP-Dot1q

0 to 4094

The SAP is identified by the 802.1Q tag on the channel.

SONET/SDH

TDM

Frame Relay

16 to 991

The SAP is identified by the data link connection identifier (DLCI).

SONET/SDH

ATM

ATM

vpi (NNI) 0 to 4095

vpi (UNI) 0 to 255

vci 1, 2, 5 to 65535

The SAP is identified by the PVC identifier (vpi or vci).

create—
Specifies the keyword used to create a SAP instance.
group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SAP belongs.

discard-unknown

Syntax 
[no] discard-unknown
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

By default, packets with unknown destination MAC addresses are flooded. If discard-unknown is enabled at the VPLS level, packets with unknown destination MAC address are dropped instead (even when configured FDB size limits for VPLS or SAP are not yet reached).

The no form of this command allows flooding of packets with unknown destination MAC addresses in the VPLS.

Default 

no discard-unknown

fdb-table-high-wmark

Syntax 
[no] fdb-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command specifies the value to send logs and traps when the threshold is reached.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

fdb-table-high-wmark 95

Parameters 
high-water-mark—
Specifies the value when to send logs and traps.
Values—
0 to 100

 

fdb-table-low-wmark

Syntax 
[no] fdb-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command specifies the value to send logs and traps when the threshold is reached.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

fdb-table-low-wmark 90

Parameters 
low-water-mark—
Specifies the value when to send logs and traps
Values—
0 to 100

 

fdb-table-size

Syntax 
fdb-table-size table-size
no fdb-table-size [table-size]
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the forwarding database (FDB) for the VPLS instance on this node.

The fdb-table-size specifies the maximum number of forwarding database entries for both learned and static MAC addresses for the VPLS instance.

The no form of this command returns the maximum FDB table size to default.

Default 

fdb-table-size 250

Parameters 
table-size—
Specifies the number of entries permitted in the forwarding database for this VPLS instance.
Values—
Platform dependent: SR-7, SR-12, SR-12e: 511999
SR-e/SR-a: 250000

 

query-src-ip

Syntax 
query-src-ip ipv6-address
no query-src-ip
Context 
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command configures the IP source address used in IGMP or MLD queries.

The no form of the command removes the IPv6 address from this configuration.

Default 

no query-src-ip

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies an IPv6 address in the form:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

where:

x - [0 to FF]

d - [0 to 255]

report-src-ip

Syntax 
report-src-ip ip-address
no report-src-ip
Context 
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
Description 

This parameters specifies the source IP address used when generating IGMP reports. According the IGMPv3 standard, a zero source address is allowed in sending IGMP reports. However, for interoperability with some multicast routers, the source IP address of IGMP group reports can be configured using this command.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

report-src-ip 0.0.0.0

Parameters 
ip-address —
Specifies the source IP source address in transmitted IGMP reports.

local-age

Syntax 
local-age seconds
no local-age
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

Specifies the aging time for locally learned MAC addresses in the forwarding database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) instance.

In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.

Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the FDB. The local-age timer specifies the aging time for local learned MAC addresses.

The no form of this command returns the local aging timer to the default value.

Default 

local-age 300

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the aging time for local MACs expressed in seconds.
Values—
60 to 86400

 

mac-move

Syntax 
[no] mac-move
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command enables the context to configure MAC move attributes. A sustained high re-learn rate can be a sign of a loop somewhere in the VPLS topology. Typically, STP detects loops in the topology, but for those networks that do not run STP, the mac-move feature is an alternative way to protect your network against loops.

When enabled in a VPLS, mac-move monitors the re-learn rate of each MAC. If the rate exceeds the configured maximum allowed limit, it disables the SAP where the source MAC was last seen. The SAP can be disabled permanently (until a shutdown/no shutdown command is executed) or for a length of time that grows linearly with the number of times the given SAP was disabled. You have the option of marking a SAP as non-blockable in the config>service>vpls>sap>limit-mac-move or config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>limit-mac-move contexts. This means that when the re-learn rate has exceeded the limit, another (blockable) SAP is disabled instead.

The mac-move command enables the feature at the service level for SAPs and spoke SDPs, as only those objects can be blocked by this feature. Mesh SDPs are never blocked, but their re-learn rates (sap-to-mesh and spoke-to-mesh or vice versa) are still measured.

The operation of this feature is the same on the SAP and spoke SDP. For example, if a MAC address moves from SAP to SAP, from SAP to spoke SDP, or between spoke SDPs, one is blocked to prevent thrashing. If the MAC address moves between a SAP and mesh SDP or spoke SDP and mesh SDP combinations, the respective SAP or spoke SDP is blocked.

The re-learn rate is computed as the number of times a MAC moves in a 5 second interval. Therefore, the fastest a loop can be detected and broken is 5 seconds.

The no form of this command disables MAC move.

Default 

no mac-move

move-frequency

Syntax 
move-frequency frequency
no move-frequency
Context 
config>service>vpls>mac-move
Description 

This command indicates the maximum rate at which MACs can be re-learned in the VPLS service, before the SAP where the moving MAC was last seen is automatically disabled in order to protect the system against undetected loops or duplicate MACs.

The rate is computed as the maximum number of re-learns allowed in a 5 second interval. For example, the default rate of 10 relearns per second corresponds to 50 relearns in a 5 second period.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

move-frequency 2 (when mac-move is enabled)

Parameters 
frequency—
Specifies the rate, in 5-second intervals, for the maximum number of relearns.
Values—
1 to 100

 

retry-timeout

Syntax 
retry-timeout timeout
no retry-timeout
Context 
config>service>vpls>mac-move
Description 

This objects indicates the time in seconds to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum relearn rate is re-enabled.

A zero value indicates that the SAP is not automatically re-enabled after being disabled. If, after the SAP is re-enabled it is disabled again, the retry timeout is increased with the provisioned retry timeout in order to avoid thrashing. For example, when retry-timeout is set to 15, it increments (15, 30, 45, 60, and so on).

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

retry-timeout 10 (when mac-move is enabled)

Parameters 
timeout—
Specifies the time, in seconds, to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum relearn rate is re-enabled.
Values—
0 to 600

 

mac-protect

Syntax 
mac-protect
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command enables the context to configure MAC protection. When enabled, the agent protects the MAC from being learned or re-learned on a SAP that has restricted learning enabled.

mac

Syntax 
[no] mac ieee-address
Context 
config>service>vpls>mac-protect
Description 

This command specifies the 48-bit IEEE 802.3 MAC address.

The no form of the command removes the IEEE address from the configuration.

Parameters 
ieee-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, and ff are hexadecimal numbers.

mac-subnet-length

Syntax 
mac-subnet-length subnet-length
no mac-subnet-length
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command specifies the number of bits to be considered when performing MAC learning (MAC source) and MAC switching (MAC destination). Specifically, this value identifies how many bits, starting from the beginning of the MAC address are used. For example, if the mask-value of 28 is used, MAC learning only performs a lookup for the first 28 bits of the source MAC address when comparing with existing FDB entries. Then, it installs the first 28 bits in the FDB while zeroing out the last 20 bits of the MAC address. When performing switching in the reverse direction, only the first 28 bits of the destination MAC address are used to perform a FDB lookup to determine the next hop.

The no form of this command switches back to full MAC lookup.

Default 

mac-subnet-length 48

Parameters 
subnet-length—
Specifies the number of bits to be considered when performing MAC learning or MAC switching.
Values—
24 to 48

 

mcr-default-gtw

Syntax 
mcr-default-gtw
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command enables the context to configure the default gateway information when using Dual Homing in L2-TPSDA. The IP and MAC address of the default gateway used for subscribers on an L2 MC-Ring are configured in this context. After a ring heals or fails, the system sends out a gratuitous ARP on an active ring SAP in order to attract traffic from subscribers on the ring with connectivity to that SAP.

ip

Syntax 
ip address
no ip
Context 
config>service>vpls>mcr-default-gtw
Description 

This command relates to a system configured for Dual Homing in L2-TPSDA. It defines the IP address used when the system sends out a gratuitous ARP on an active SAP after a ring heals or fails in order to attract traffic from subscribers on the ring with connectivity to that SAP.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no ip

Parameters 
address—
Specifies the IP address in a.b.c.d. format.

mac

Syntax 
mac ieee-address
no mac
Context 
config>service>vpls>mcr-default-gtw
Description 

This command relates to a system configured for Dual Homing in L2-TPSDA and defines the MAC address used when the system sends out a gratuitous ARP on an active SAP after a ring heals or fails in order to attract traffic from subscribers on the ring with connectivity to that SAP.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no mac

Parameters 
ieee-address—
Specifies the address in xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx format (cannot be all zeros).

remote-age

Syntax 
remote-age seconds
no remote-age
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command specifies the aging time for remotely learned MAC addresses in the forwarding database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) instance.

In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.

Like in a layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the FDB. The remote-age timer specifies the aging time for remote learned MAC addresses. To reduce the amount of signaling required between switches configure this timer larger than the local-age timer.

The no form of this command returns the remote aging timer to the default value.

Default 

remote-age 900

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the aging time for remote MACs expressed in seconds.
Values—
60 to 86400

 

service-mtu

Syntax 
service-mtu octets
no service-mtu
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command configures the service payload (Maximum Transmission Unit – MTU), in bytes, for the service. This MTU value overrides the service-type default MTU.

The service-mtu defines the payload capabilities of the service. It is used by the system to validate the SAP and SDP binding’s operational state within the service.

The service MTU and a SAP’s service delineation encapsulation overhead (for example, 4 bytes for a Dot1q tag) is used to derive the required MTU of the physical port or channel on which the SAP was created. If the required payload is larger than the port or channel MTU, then the SAP is placed in an inoperative state. If the required MTU is equal to or less than the port or channel MTU, the SAP is able to transition to the operative state.

When binding an SDP to a service, the service MTU is compared to the path MTU associated with the SDP. The path MTU can be administratively defined in the context of the SDP. The default or administrative path MTU can be dynamically reduced due to the MTU capabilities discovered by the tunneling mechanism of the SDP or the egress interface MTU capabilities based on the next hop in the tunnel path. If the service MTU is larger than the path MTU, the SDP binding for the service is placed in an inoperative state. If the service MTU is equal to or less than the path MTU, then the SDP binding is placed in an operational state.

In the event that a service MTU, port or channel MTU, or path MTU is dynamically or administratively modified, then all associated SAP and SDP binding operational states are automatically re-evaluated.

The no form of this command returns the default service-mtu for the indicated service type to the default value.

Default 

service-mtu 1514

The following table displays MTU values for specific VC types.

Table 12:  MTU values for specific VC types 

VC-Type

Example

Service MTU

Advertised MTU

Ethernet

1514

1500

Ethernet (with preserved dot1q)

1518

1504

VPLS

1514

1500

VPLS (with preserved dot1q)

1518

1504

VLAN (dot1p transparent to MTU value)

1514

1500

VLAN (QinQ with preserved bottom Qtag)

1518

1504

Parameters 
octets—
Specifies the size of the MTU in octets, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 9194

 

split-horizon-group

Syntax 
[no] split-horizon-group [group-name] [residential-group]
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command creates a new split horizon group for the VPLS instance. Traffic arriving on a SAP or spoke SDP within this split horizon group is not copied to other SAPs or spoke SDPs in the same split horizon group.

A split horizon group must be created before SAPs and spoke SDPs can be assigned to the group.

The split horizon group is defined within the context of a single VPLS. The same group name can be re-used in different VPLS instances.

Up to 30 split horizon groups can be defined per VPLS instance.

The no form of the command removes the group name from the configuration.

Default 

A split horizon group is by default not created as a residential-group.

Parameters 
group-name —
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SDP belongs.
residential-group—
Defines a split horizon group as a residential split horizon group (RSHG). Doing so entails that:
  1. SAPs that are members of this Residential Split Horizon Group have:
    1. Double-pass queuing at ingress as default setting (can be disabled)
    2. STP disabled (can not be enabled)
    3. ARP reply agent enabled by default (can be disabled)
    4. MAC pinning enabled by default (can be disabled)
    5. broadcast packets are discarded, blocking unknown, flooded traffic
  2. Spoke SDPs which are members of this Residential Split Horizon Group have:
    1. Downstream multicast traffic supported
    2. Double-pass queuing is not applicable
    3. STP is disabled (can be enabled)
    4. ARP reply agent is not applicable (dhcp-lease-states are not supported on spoke SDPs)
    5. MAC pinning enabled per default (can be disabled)

tos-marking-state

Syntax 
tos-marking-state {trusted | untrusted}
no tos-marking-state
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>interface
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description 

This command is used to change the default trusted state to a non-trusted state. When unset or reverted to the trusted default, the ToS field is not remarked by egress network IP interfaces unless the egress network IP interface has the remark-trusted state set, in which case, the egress network interface treats all IES and network IP interfaces as untrusted.

When the ingress interface is set to untrusted, all egress network IP interfaces remark IP packets received on the network interface according to the egress marking definitions on each network interface. The egress network remarking rules also apply to the ToS field of IP packets routed using IGP shortcuts (tunneled to a remote next-hop). However, the tunnel QoS markings are always derived from the egress network QoS definitions.

Egress marking and remarking is based on the internal forwarding class and profile state of the packet once it reaches the egress interface. The forwarding class is derived from ingress classification functions. The profile of a packet is either derived from ingress classification or ingress policing.

The default marking state for network IP interfaces is trusted. This is equivalent to declaring no tos-marking-state on the network IP interface. When undefined or set to tos-marking-state trusted, the trusted state of the interface is not displayed when using the show config or show info commands unless the detail parameter is given. The save config command does not store the default tos-marking-state trusted state for network IP interfaces unless the detail parameter is also specified.

The no form of the command restores the trusted state to a network IP interface. This is equivalent to executing the tos-marking-state trusted command.

Default 

tos-marking-state trusted

Parameters 
trusted—
Specifies to prevent the ToS field to not be remarked by egress network IP interfaces unless the egress network IP interface has the remark-trusted state set.
untrusted—
Specifies that all egress network IP interfaces remark IP packets received on the network interface according to the egress marking definitions on each network interface.

sap

Syntax 
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index]
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index] leaf-ac
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap] [eth-ring ring-index] root-leaf-tag leaf-tag leaf-tag
no sap sap-id
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access point on the interface and within the 7450 ESS or 7750 SR. Each SAP must be unique. All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.

Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.

A SAP can only be associated with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config interface port-type port-id mode access command. Channelized TDM ports are always access ports (TDM applies to the 7750 SR only).

If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down although all traffic traversing the service is discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.

The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP are also deleted. For Internet Ethernet Service (IES), the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface may be removed.

Default 

none

Special Cases 
VPLS SAP —
A VPLS SAP can be defined with Ethernet ports, SONET/SDH or TDM channels (TDM is supported on the 7750 SR only).

A default SAP has the following format: port-id:*. This type of SAP is supported only on Ethernet MDAs and its creation is allowed only in the scope of Layer 2 services (Epipe and VPLS). This type of SAP is mutually exclusive with a SAP defined by explicit null encapsulation (for example, 1/1/1:0).

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
port-id—
Specifies the physical port ID in the slot/mda/port format.

If the card in the slot has Media Dependent Adapters (MDAs) installed, the port-id must be in the slot_number/MDA_number/port_number [.channel] format. For example 6/2/3 specifies port 3 on MDA 2 in slot 6.

The port-id must reference a valid port type. When the port-id parameter represents SONET/SDH and TDM channels, the port ID must include the channel ID. A period “.” separates the physical port from the channel-id. The port must be configured as an access port.

If the SONET/SDH port is configured as clear-channel then only the port is specified.

group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SAP belongs. This parameter applies to the 7450 ESS or 7750 SR only.
capture-sap—
Specifies a capturing SAP in which triggering packets are sent to the CPM. Non-triggering packets captured by the capture SAP are dropped. This parameter applies to the 7450 ESS or 7750 SR only.
create—
Keyword used to create a SAP instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.
root-leaf-tag—
Specifies a SAP as a root leaf tag SAP. Only SAPs of the form dot1q (for example, 1/1/1:X) or qinq (for example, 1/1/1:X.Y, 1/1/1:X.*) are supported. The default E-Tree SAP type is a root AC, if root-leaf-tag (or leaf-ac) is not specified at SAP creation. This option is only available when the VPLS is designated as an E-Tree VPLS.
leaf-tag-vid
Specifies to replace the outer SAP-ID for leaf traffic. The leaf tag VID is only significant between peering VPLS but the values must be consistent on each end.
leaf-ac—
Specifies a SAP as a leaf access (AC) SAP. The default E-Tree SAP type is root AC if leaf-ac (or root-leaf-tag) is not specified at SAP creation. This option is only available when the VPLS is designated as an E-Tree VPLS.

send-flush-on-failure

Syntax 
[no] send-flush-on-failure
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command enables sending out “flush-all-from-ME” messages to all LDP peers included in affected VPLS, in the event of physical port failures or “oper-down” events of individual SAPs. This feature provides an LDP-based mechanism for recovering a physical link failure in a dual-homed connection to a VPLS service. This method provides an alternative to RSTP solutions where dual homing redundancy and recovery, with link failure, is resolved by RSTP running between a PE router and CE devices.

This feature cannot be enabled on management VPLS.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no send-flush-on-failure

arp-host

Syntax 
arp-host
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
Description 

This command enables the context to configure ARP host parameters.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

host-limit

Syntax 
host-limit max-num-hosts
no host-limit
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>arp-host
Description 

This command configures the maximum number of ARP hosts.

The no form of the command returns the value to the default.

Default 

host-limit 1

Parameters 
max-num-hosts—
Specifies the maximum number of ARP hosts allowed on this SAP.
Note:

The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.

Values—
1 to 131071

 

min-auth-interval

Syntax 
min-auth-interval min-auth-interval
no min-auth-interval
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>arp-host
Description 

This command configures the minimum authentication interval.

The no form of the command returns the value to the default.

Default 

min-auth-interval 15

Parameters 
min-auth-interval—
Specifies the minimum authentication interval, in minutes.
Values—
1 to 6000

 

arp-reply-agent

Syntax 
arp-reply-agent [sub-ident]
no arp-reply-agent
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
Description 

This command enables a special ARP response mechanism in the system for ARP requests destined to static or dynamic hosts associated with the SAP. The system responds to each ARP request using the hosts MAC address as the both the source MAC address in the Ethernet header and the target hardware address in the ARP header.

ARP replies and requests received on a SAP with arp-reply-agent enabled are evaluated by the system against the anti-spoof filter entries associated with the ingress SAP (if the SAP has anti-spoof filtering enabled). ARPs from unknown hosts on the SAP are discarded when anti-spoof filtering is enabled.

The ARP reply agent only responds if the ARP request enters an interface (SAP, spoke-SDP or mesh-SDP) associated with the VPLS instance of the SAP.

A received ARP request that is not in the ARP reply agent table is flooded to all forwarding interfaces of the VPLS capable of broadcast except the ingress interface while honoring split-horizon constraints.

Static hosts can be defined on the SAP using the host command. Dynamic hosts are enabled on the system by enabling the lease-populate command in the SAP’s dhcp context. In the event that both a static host and a dynamic host share the same IP and MAC address, the VPLS ARP reply agent retains the host information until both the static and dynamic information are removed. In the event that both a static and dynamic host share the same IP address, but different MAC addresses, the VPLS ARP reply agent is populated with the static host information.

The arp-reply-agent command fails if an existing static host on the SAP does not have both MAC and IP addresses specified. Once the ARP reply agent is enabled, creating a static host on the SAP without both an IP address and MAC address fails.

The ARP-reply-agent may only be enabled on SAPs supporting Ethernet encapsulation.

The no form of the command disables ARP-reply-agent functions for static and dynamic hosts on the SAP.

Default 

no arp-reply-agent

Parameters 
sub-ident
Configures the arp-reply-agent to discard ARP requests received on the SAP that are targeted for a known host on the same SAP with the same subscriber identification.

Hosts are identified by their subscriber information. For DHCP subscriber hosts, the subscriber hosts, the subscriber information is configured using the optional subscriber parameter string.

When arp-reply-agent is enabled with sub-ident:

  1. If the subscriber information for the destination host exactly matches the subscriber information for the originating host and the destination host is known on the same SAP as the source, the ARP request is silently discarded.
  2. If the subscriber information for the destination host or originating host is unknown or undefined, the source and destination hosts are not considered to be the same subscriber. The ARP request is forwarded outside the SAP’s Split Horizon Group.
  3. When sub-ident is not configured, the arp-reply-agent does not attempt to identify the subscriber information for the destination or originating host and does not discard an ARP request based on subscriber information.

bpdu-translation

Syntax 
bpdu-translation {auto | auto-rw | pvst | pvst-rw | stp}
no bpdu-translation
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This command enables the translation of BPDUs to a given format, meaning that all BPDUs transmitted on a given SAP or spoke SDP have a specified format.

The no form of this command reverts to the default setting.

Default 

no bpdu-translation

Parameters 
auto—
Specifies that appropriate format is detected automatically, based on type of BPDUs received on such port.
pvst-rw—
Specifies the BPDU format as PVST and the rewrite of the VLAN-ID occurs when:
  1. The BPDU sent on the dot1Q SAP egress contains the VLAN ID of the SAP in the BDPU-PVID TLV
  1. The BPDU sent on the default QinQ SAP egress contains the outer VLAN ID of the SAP in the BDPU-PVID TLV
  1. The BPDU sent on the QinQ SAP egress contains the inner VLAN ID of the SAP in the BDPU-PVID TLV
pvst—
Specifies the BPDU format as PVST.
Note:

The correct VLAN tag is included in the payload (depending on encapsulation value of outgoing SAP).

auto-rw—
Specifies that the appropriate format is detected automatically and the rewrite of the VLAN-ID occurs when:
  1. The BPDU sent on the dot1Q SAP egress contains the VLAN ID of the SAP in the BDPU-PVID TLV
  1. The BPDU sent on the default QinQ SAP egress contains the outer VLAN ID of the SAP in the BDPU-PVID TLV
  1. The BPDU sent on the QinQ SAP egress contains the inner VLAN ID of the SAP in the BDPU-PVID TLV
stp—
Specifies the BPDU-format as STP.

calling-station-id

Syntax 
[no] calling-station-id calling-station-id
Context 
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
config>subscr-mgmt>auth-plcy>include-radius-attribute
Description 

This command enables the inclusion of the calling-station-id attribute in RADIUS authentication requests and RADIUS accounting messages.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no calling-station-id

Parameters 
calling-station-id—
Specifies the calling station ID up to 64 characters.

static-mac

Syntax 
[no] static-mac ieee-mac-address
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This command creates a remote static MAC entry in the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) forwarding database (FDB) associated with the Service Distribution Point (SDP).

In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.

Remote static MAC entries create a permanent MAC address to SDP association in the forwarding database for the VPLS instance so that MAC address is not learned on the edge device.

Note:

Static MAC definitions on one edge device are not propagated to other edge devices participating in the VPLS instance, that is, each edge device has an independent forwarding database for the VPLS.

Only one static MAC entry (local or remote) can be defined per MAC address per VPLS instance.

By default, no static MAC address entries are defined for the SDP.

The no form of this command deletes the static MAC entry with the specified MAC address associated with the SDP from the VPLS forwarding database.

Parameters 
ieee-mac-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.

vlan-vc-tag

Syntax 
vlan-vc-tag vlan-id
no vlan-vc-tag [vlan-id]
Context 
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description 

This command specifies an explicit dot1q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end. When signaling is enabled between the near and far end, the configured dot1q tag can be overridden by a received TLV specifying the dot1q value expected by the far end. This signaled value must be stored as the remote signaled dot1q value for the binding. The provisioned local dot1q tag must be stored as the administrative dot1q value for the binding.

When the dot1q tag is not defined, the default value of zero is stored as the administrative dot1q value. Setting the value to zero is equivalent to not specifying the value.

The no form of this command disables the command.

Default 

no vlan-vc-tag

Parameters 
vlan-id—
Specifies a valid VLAN identifier to bind an 802.1Q VLAN tag ID.

mesh-sdp

Syntax 
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}]
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] leaf-ac
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] root-leaf-tag
no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command binds a VPLS service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP).

Mesh SDPs bound to a service are logically treated like a single bridge “port” for flooded traffic where flooded traffic received on any mesh SDP on the service is replicated to other “ports” (spoke SDPs and SAPs) and not transmitted on any mesh SDPs.

Note:

This command creates a binding between a service and an SDP. The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.

The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to associate the SDP with an Epipe or VPLS service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.

SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end router devices can participate in the service.

The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.

Special Cases 
VPLS—
Several SDPs can be bound to a VPLS. Each SDP must be destined to a different router. If two sdp-id bindings terminate on the same router, an error occurs and the second SDP binding is rejected.
Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies an SDP identifier.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifies a virtual circuit identifier. This value is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. The default value of this object is equal to the service ID.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

vc-type—
Specifies to override the default VC type signaled for the spoke or mesh binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a value which represents the type of VC. The actual signaling of the VC type depends on the signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider equipment. A change of the binding’s VC type causes the binding to signal the new VC type to the far end when signaling is enabled.

VC types are derived according to IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.

The VC type value for Ethernet is 0x0005.

The VC type value for an Ethernet VLAN is 0x0004.

ether—
Defines the VC type as Ethernet. The vlan keyword is mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and restores the default VC type for the spoke SDP binding. (hex 5)
vlan—
Defines the VC type as VLAN. The ether keyword is mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP bindings.
root-leaf-tag—
Specifies a tagging mesh SDP under an E-Tree VPLS. When a tag SDP binding is required, it is created with a root-leaf-tag flag. Only VLAN tag SDP bindings are supported. The VLAN type must be set to VC VLAN type. The root-leaf-tag parameter indicates this SDP binding is a tag SDP that will use a default VID 1 for root and 2 for leaf. The SDP binding tags egress E-Tree traffic with root and leaf VIDs as appropriate. Root and leaf VIDs are only significant between peering VPLS but the values must be consistent on each end. On ingress a tag SDP binding removes the VID tag on the interface between VPLS in the same E-Tree service. The tag SDP receives root tagged traffic and marks the traffic with a root indication internally. This option is not available on BGP EVPN-enabled E-Tree services.
leaf-ac—
Specifies an access (AC) mesh SDP binding under a E-Tree VPLS as a leaf access (AC) SDP. The default E-Tree SDP type is a root AC if leaf-ac or root-leaf-tag is not specified at SDP binding creation. This option is only available when the VPLS is designated as an E-Tree VPLS. BGP EVPN-enabled E-Tree VPLS services support the leaf-ac option.

spoke-sdp

Syntax 
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context 
config>service>ies>if
Description 

This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP).

A spoke SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge “port” where flooded traffic received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other “ports” (other spoke and mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.

The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.

The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to associate an SDP with an IES service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.

SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end devices can participate in the service.

The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router. The spoke SDP must be shut down first before it can be deleted from the configuration.

Special Cases 
IES—
At most, only one sdp-id can be bound to an IES service.
Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies an SDP identifier.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifies virtual circuit identifier.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

spoke-sdp

Syntax 
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] endpoint endpoint root-leaf-tag
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] endpoint endpoint leaf-ac
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [no-endpoint]
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] endpoint endpoint
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [no-endpoint] leaf-ac
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [no-endpoint] root-leaf-tag
no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP).

A spoke SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge port where flooded traffic received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other ports (other spoke and mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.

The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.

The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to associate an SDP with a VPLS service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.

SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end 7450 ESS or 7750 SR devices can participate in the service.

The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.

Special Cases 
VPLS—
Several SDPs can be bound to a VPLS service. Each SDP must use unique vc-ids. An error message is generated if two SDP bindings with identical vc-ids terminate on the same router. Split horizon groups can only be created in the scope of a VPLS service.
Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies the SDP identifier.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

vc-type—
This command overrides the default VC type signaled for the spoke or mesh binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a value which represents the type of VC. The actual signaling of the VC type depends on the signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider equipment. A change of the binding’s VC type causes the binding to signal the new VC type to the far end when signaling is enabled.

VC types are derived according to IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.

The VC type value for Ethernet is 0x0005.

The VC type value for an Ethernet VLAN is 0x0004.

Values—
ether, vlan

 

ether—
Defines the VC type as Ethernet. The ethernet, vlan, and vpls keywords are mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and restores the default VC type for the spoke SDP binding (hex 5)
vlan—
Defines the VC type as VLAN. The ethernet, vlan, and vpls keywords are mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP bindings. The VLAN VC-type requires at least one dot1Q tag within each encapsulated Ethernet packet transmitted to the far end.
group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SDP belongs.
root-leaf-tag—
Specifies a SAP as a root leaf tag SDP. This option is only available when the VPLS is designated as an E-Tree VPLS.
leaf-tag-vid
Specifies to replace the outer SDP ID for leaf traffic. The leaf tag VID is only significant between peering VPLS but the values must be consistent on each end.
leaf-ac—
Specifies a SDP as a leaf access (AC) SDP. The default E-Tree SAP type is root AC if leaf-ac (or root-leaf-tag) is not specified at SDP creation. This option is only available when the VPLS is designated as an E-Tree VPLS.

block-on-mesh-failure

Syntax 
[no] block-on-mesh-failure
Context 
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description 

This command enables blocking (bring the spoke SDP to an operationally down state) after all configured mesh SDPs are in operationally down state. This event is signaled to corresponding T-LDP peer by withdrawing service label (status-bit-signaling non-capable peer) or by setting the PW not forwarding status bit in T-LDP message (status-bit-signaling capable peer).

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no block-on-mesh-failure

track-srrp

Syntax 
track-srrp srrp-id
no track-srrp
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
Description 

This is a capture SAP level command and applies only to the 7750 SR. This command is important in PPPoE deployments with MSAPs. PPPoE operation requires that the MAC address learned by the client at the very beginning of the session negotiation phase remains unchanged for the lifetime of the session (RFC 2516). This command ensures that the virtual MAC address used during the PPPoE session negotiation phase on the capture SAP is the same virtual MAC address that is used by the SRRP on the group-interface on which the session is established. Therefore, it is mandated that the SRRP instance (and implicitly the group-interface) where the session belongs to is known in advance. If the group-interface name for the session is returned by the RADIUS, it must be ensured that this group-interface is the one on which the tracked SRRP instance is configured. PPPoE sessions on the same capture SAP cannot be shared across multiple group-interfaces, but instead they all must belong to a single group-interface that is known in advance.

The same restrictions apply to IPoE clients in MC Redundancy scenario if they are to be supported concurrently on the same capture SAP as PPPoE.

The supported capture SAP syntax is this:

sap <port-id>:X.* capture-sap

The capture SAP syntax that is not supported is this:

sap <port-id>:*.* capture-sap

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
srrp-id—
Specifies the SRRP instance number.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

snoop

Syntax 
[no] snoop
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>dhcp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>dhcp
Description 

This command enables DHCP snooping of DHCP messages on the SAP or SDP. Enabling DHCP snooping on interfaces (SAPs and SDP bindings) is required where DHCP messages important to lease state table population are received, or where Option 82 information is to be inserted. This includes interfaces that are in the path to receive messages from either DHCP servers or from subscribers.

The no form of the command disables DHCP snooping on the specified VPLS SAP or SDP binding.

Default 

no snoop

interface

Syntax 
interface ip-int-name [create]
interface ip-int-name [create] tunnel
no interfaceip-int-name
Context 
config>service>vprn
Description 

This command creates a logical IP routing interface for a Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN). Once created, attributes like an IP address and service access point (SAP) can be associated with the IP interface.

The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and maintain IP routing interfaces within VPRN service IDs. The interface command can be executed in the context of an VPRN service ID. The IP interface created is associated with the service core network routing instance and default routing table. The typical use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber internet access.

Interface names are case sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces defined for config router interface and config service vprn interface. Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address. For example, the name “1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but “int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP address and IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances.

The available IP address space for local subnets and routes is controlled with the config router service-prefix command. The service-prefix command administers the allowed subnets that can be defined on service IP interfaces. It also controls the prefixes that may be learned or statically defined with the service IP interface as the egress interface. This allows segmenting the IP address space into config router and config service domains.

When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.

By default, there are no default IP interface names defined within the system. All VPRN IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are created in an enabled state.

The no form of this command removes IP the interface and all the associated configuration. The interface must be administratively shutdown before issuing the no interface command.

For VPRN services, the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface may be removed. VPRN services do not have the shutdown command in the SAP CLI context. VPRN service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and disable them.

Parameters 
ip-int-name—
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
Values—
1 to 32 characters maximum

 

tunnel—
Specifies that the interface is configured as tunnel interface, which could be used to terminate IPSec or GRE runnels in the private service.
create—
Creates the IPSec interface instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.

diameter-auth-policy

Syntax 
diameter-auth-policy name
no diameter-auth-policy
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
Description 

This command is used to configure the Diameter NASREQ application policy to use for authentication.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no diameter-auth-policy

Parameters 
name—
Specifies the name of the Diameter NASREQ application policy to use for authentication up to 32 characters.

sap

Syntax 
[no] sap sap-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access point on the interface and within the router. Each SAP must be unique.

All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.

Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.

A SAP can only be associated with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config interface port-type port-id mode access command. Channelized TDM ports are always access ports.

If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down although all traffic traversing the service is discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.

The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP are also e deleted.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
port-id—
Specifies the physical port ID in the slot/mda/port format.

If the card in the slot has Media Dependent Adapters (MDAs) installed, the port-id must be in the slot_number/MDA_number/port_number format. For example 6/2/3 specifies port 3 on MDA 2 in slot 6.

The port-id must reference a valid port type. When the port-id parameter represents SONET/SDH and TDM channels the port ID must include the channel ID. A period “.” separates the physical port from the channel-id. The port must be configured as an access port.

If the SONET/SDH port is configured as clear-channel then only the port is specified.

create—
Keyword used to create a SAP instance

static-arp

Syntax 
static-arp ip-address ieee-mac-address
no static-arp ip-address ieee-mac-address
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command configures a static address resolution protocol (ARP) entry associating a subscriber IP address with a MAC address for the core router instance. This static ARP appears in the core routing ARP table. A static ARP can only be configured if it exists on the network attached to the IP interface.

If an entry for a particular IP address already exists and a new MAC address is configured for the IP address, the existing MAC address is replaced with the new MAC address.

The no form of this command removes a static ARP entry.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address for the static ARP in IP address dotted decimal notation.
ieee-mac-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.

2.11.2.2.1. VPLS Multicast Commands

igmp-snooping

Syntax 
igmp-snooping
Context 
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description 

This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping context.

mvr

Syntax 
mvr
Context 
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command enables the context to configure Multicast VPLS Registration (MVR) parameters.

group-policy

Syntax 
group-policy policy-name
no group-policy
Context 
config>service>vpls>igmp-snp>mvr
config>service>vpls>mld-snp>mvr
Description 

Identifies filter policy of multicast groups to be applied to this MVR VPLS. The sources of the multicast traffic must be a member of the MVR VPLS

The no form of the command removes the MVR policy association from the VPLS.

Parameters 
policy-name —
Specifies the routing policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.

query-interval

Syntax 
query-interval seconds
no query-interval
Context 
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter specifies the interval between two consecutive general queries sent by the system on this SAP or SDP.

The configured query-interval must be greater than the configured query-response-interval.

If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP or SDP, the configured query-interval value is ignored.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

query-interval 125

Parameters 
seconds —
Specifies the time interval, in seconds, that the router transmits general host-query messages.
Values—
2 to 1024

 

query-response-interval

Syntax 
query-response-interval seconds
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter specifies the maximum response time advertised in IGMPv2/v3 queries.

The configured query-response-interval must be smaller than the configured query-interval.

If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP or SDP, the configured query-response-interval value is ignored.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

query-response-interval 10

Parameters 
seconds —
Specifies the length of time to wait to receive a response to the host-query message from the host.
Values—
1 to 1023

 

robust-count

Syntax 
robust-count robust-count
no robust-count
Context 
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter allows tuning for the expected packet loss on a SAP or SDP. The robust-count variable allows tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet and is comparable to a retry count. If this SAP or SDP is expected to be 'lossy', this parameter may be increased. IGMP snooping on this SAP or SDP is robust to (robust-count-1) packet losses.

If send-queries is not enabled, this parameter is ignored.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

robust-count 2

Parameters 
robust-count —
Specifies the robust count for the SAP or SDP.
Values—
2 to 7

 

mfib-table-high-wmark

Syntax 
[no] mfib-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command specifies the multicast FIB high watermark. When the percentage filling level of the multicast FIB exceeds the configured value, a trap is generated and/or a log entry is added.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

mfib-table-high-wmark 95

Parameters 
high-water-mark—
Specifies the multicast FIB high watermark as a percentage.
Values—
1 to 100

 

mfib-table-low-wmark

Syntax 
[no] mfib-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command specifies the multicast FIB low watermark. When the percentage filling level of the Multicast FIB drops below the configured value, the corresponding trap is cleared and/or a log entry is added.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

mfib-table-low-wmark 90

Parameters 
low-water-mark —
Specifies the multicast FIB low watermark as a percentage.
Values—
1 to 100

 

mfib-table-size

Syntax 
mfib-table-size size
no mfib-table-size
Context 
config>service>vpls
Description 

This command specifies the maximum number of (s,g) entries in the multicast forwarding database (MFIB) for this VPLS instance.

The mfib-table-size parameter specifies the maximum number of multicast database entries for both learned and static multicast addresses for the VPLS instance.

When a table-size limit is set on the mfib of a service which is lower than the current number of dynamic entries present in the mfib then the number of entries remains above the limit.

The no form of this command removes the configured maximum MFIB table size.

Parameters 
size —
Specifies the maximum number of (s,g) entries allowed in the Multicast FIB.
Values—
1 to 16383

 

fast-leave

Syntax 
[no] fast-leave
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

This command enables fast leave.

When IGMP fast leave processing is enabled, the 7450 ESS or 7750 SR immediately removes a SAP or SDP from the IP multicast group when it detects an IGMP leave message on that SAP or SDP. Fast leave processing allows the switch to remove a SAP or SDP that sends a leave message from the forwarding table without first sending out group-specific queries to the SAP or SDP, and thus speeds up the process of changing channels (zapping).

Fast leave should only be enabled when there is a single receiver present on the SAP or SDP.

When fast leave is enabled, the configured last-member-query-interval value is ignored.

Default 

no fast-leave

import

Syntax 
import policy-name
no import
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP or SDP. Only a single policy can be imported on a single SAP at any time.

The no form of the command removes the policy association from the SAP or SDP.

Default 

no import

Parameters 
policy-name —
Specifies the routing policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.

last-member-query-interval

Syntax 
last-member-query-interval tenths-of-seconds
no last-member-query-interval
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

This command configures the maximum response time used in group-specific queries sent in response to 'leave' messages, and is also the amount of time between 2 consecutive group-specific queries. This value may be tuned to modify the leave latency of the network. A reduced value results in reduced time to detect the loss of the last member of a group.

The configured last-member-query-interval is ignored when fast-leave is enabled on the SAP or SDP.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

last-member-query-interval 10

Parameters 
seconds —
Specifies the frequency, in tenths of seconds, at which query messages are sent.
Values—
1 to 50

 

max-num-groups

Syntax 
max-num-groups count
no max-num-groups
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

This command defines the maximum number of multicast groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP. If the 7450 ESS or 7750 SR receives an IGMP join message that would exceed the configured number of groups, the request is ignored.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no max-num-groups

Parameters 
count —
Specifies the maximum number of groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP.
Values—
1 to 1000

 

mrouter-port

Syntax 
[no] mrouter-port
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command specifies whether a multicast router is attached behind this SAP or SDP.

Configuring a SAP as an mrouter-port has a double effect. Firstly, all multicast traffic received on another SAP or SDP is copied to this SAP or SDP. Secondly, IGMP reports generated by the system as a result of someone joining or leaving a multicast group, are sent to this SAP or SDP.

If two multicast routers exist in the network, one of them becomes the active querier. While the other multicast router (non-querier) stops sending IGMP queries, it should still receive reports to keep its multicast trees up to date. To support this, the mrouter-port should be enabled on all SAPs or SDPs connecting to a multicast router.

Note:

The IGMP version to be used for the reports (v1, v2 or v3) can only be determined after an initial query has been received. Until such time no reports are sent on the SAP or spoke SDP, even if mrouter-port is enabled.

If the send-queries command is enabled on this SAP or spoke SDP, the mrouter-port parameter can not be set.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no mrouter-port

from-vpls

Syntax 
from-vpls vpls-id
no from-vpls
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snp>mvr
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snp>mvr
Description 

This command configures the VPLS from which multicast traffic is copied upon receipt of an IGMP join request.

IGMP snooping must be enabled on the MVR VPLS.

Default 

no from-vpls

Parameters 
vpls-id—
Specifies the MVR VPLS from which multicast channels should be copied into this SAP.

to-sap

Syntax 
to-sap sap-id
no to-sap
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping>mvr
Description 

In some situations, the multicast traffic should not be copied from the MVR VPLS to the SAP on which the IGMP message was received (standard MVR behavior) but to another SAP.

This command configures the SAP to which the multicast data needs to be copied.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no to-sap

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the SAP to which multicast channels should be copied.

send-queries

Syntax 
[no] send-queries
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

This command specifies whether to send IGMP general query messages on the SAP or SDP.

If mrouter-port is enabled on this SAP or spoke SDP, the send-queries command parameter can not be set.

The no form of the command disables the IGMP general query messages.

Default 

no send-queries

static

Syntax 
static
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description 

This command enables the context to configure static group addresses. Static group addresses can be configured on a SAP or SDP. When present, either as a (*, g) or a (s,g) entry, multicast packets matching the configuration are forwarded even if no join message was registered for the specific group.

group

Syntax 
[no] group grp-address
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snp>static
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snp>static
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snp>static
Description 

This command adds a static multicast group either as a (*, g) or as one or more (s,g) records. When a static IGMP group is added, multicast data for that (*,g) or (s,g) is forwarded to the specific SAP or SDP without receiving any membership report from a host.

Parameters 
grp-address—
Specifies an IGMP multicast group address that receives data on an interface. The IP address must be unique for each static group.

source

Syntax 
[no] source ip-address
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snp>static>group
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snp>static>group
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snp>static>group
Description 

This command adds a static (s,g) entry to allow multicast traffic for the corresponding multicast group from that specific source. For the same multicast group, more than one source can be specified.

Static (s,g) entries can not be entered when a starg is already created.

The no form of the command removes the source IP address from this configuration.

Parameters 
ip-address —
Specifies the IPv4 unicast address.

starg

Syntax 
[no] starg
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snp>static>group
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snp>static>group
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snp>static>group
Description 

This command adds a static (*,g) entry to allow multicast traffic for the corresponding multicast group from any source. This command can only be enabled if no existing source addresses for this group are specified.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no starg

2.11.2.2.2. Service DHCP and Anti-Spoof Filtering Commands

anti-spoof

Syntax 
anti-spoof type
no anti-spoof
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sap
Description 

This command enables anti-spoof filtering and optionally changes the anti-spoof matching type for the SAP.

The type of anti-spoof filtering defines what information in the incoming packet is used to generate the criteria to lookup an entry in the anti-spoof filter table. The type parameter (ip, mac, ip-mac) defines the anti-spoof filter type enforced by the SAP when anti-spoof filtering is enabled.

The no form of the command disables anti-spoof filtering on the SAP.

Default 

no anti-spoof

Parameters 
type—
Specifies the anti-spoof filtering type for this SAP.
Values—
ip — Specifies SAP anti-spoof filtering to use only the source IP address in its lookup. If a static host exists on the SAP without an IP address specified, the anti-spoof ip command fails.
mac — Specifies SAP anti-spoof filtering to use only the source MAC address in its lookup. If a static host exists on the SAP without a specified MAC address, the anti-spoof mac command fails.
ip-mac — Specifies SAP anti-spoof filtering to use both the source IP address and the source MAC address in its lookup.

 

dhcp

Syntax 
dhcp
Context 
config>service>ies>if
config>service>ies>sub-if
config>service>ies>sub-if>group-interface
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vprn>if
Description 

This command enables the context to configure DHCP parameters.

gi-address

Syntax 
gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]
no gi-address
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>dhcp
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
Description 

This command configures the gateway interface address for the DHCP relay. A subscriber interface can include multiple group interfaces with multiple SAPs. The GI address is needed, when the router functions as a DHCP relay, to distinguish between the different subscriber interfaces and potentially between the group interfaces defined.

By default, the GI address used in the relayed DHCP packet is the primary IP address of a normal IES interface. Specifying the GI address allows the user to choose a secondary address. For group interfaces a GI address must be specified under the group interface dhcp context or subscriber-interface dhcp context in order for DHCP to function.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no gi-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the host IP address to be used for DHCP relay packets.
src-ip-address—
Specifies that this GI address is to be the source IP address for DHCP relay packets.

lease-populate

Syntax 
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] l2-header [mac ieee-address]
no lease-populate
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>dhcp
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>dhcp
Description 

This command enables dynamic host DHCPv4 lease state management for SAPs.

For VPLS, DHCP snooping must be explicitly enabled (using the snoop command) at all points where DHCP messages requiring snooping enter the VPLS instance (both from the DHCP server and from the subscribers). Lease state information is extracted from snooped DHCP ACK messages to populate lease state table entries for the SAP.

The optional number-of-entries parameter defines the number lease state table entries allowed.

  1. for this SAP in case of a VPLS service
  2. for this interface in case of an IES or VPRN interface
  3. for each SAP in case of an IES or VPRN group-interface
  4. for this interface in case of an IES or VPRN retail subscriber interface

If number-of-entries is omitted, only a single entry is allowed. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCP ACK messages are discarded.

The retained lease state information representing dynamic hosts may be used to:

  1. Populate a SAP based anti-spoof filter table to provide dynamic anti-spoof filtering. If the system is unable to populate the dynamic host information in the anti-spoof filter table on the SAP, the DHCP ACK message must be discarded without adding new lease state entry or updating an existing lease state entry.
  2. Populate the system’s ARP cache based on the arp-populate configuration. Applicable to IES and VPRN interfaces or group-interfaces.
  3. Populate managed entries into a VPLS forwarding database. VPLS forwarding database population is an implicit feature that automatically places the dynamic host’s MAC address into the VPLS FDB. When a dynamic host’s MAC address is placed in the lease state table, it is automatically populated into the VPLS forwarding database associated with the SAP on which the host is learned. The dynamic host MAC address overrides any static MAC entries using the same MAC and prevent dynamic learning of the MAC on another interface. Existing static MAC entries with the same MAC address as the dynamic host are marked as inactive but not deleted. If all entries in the lease state table associated with the MAC address are removed, the static MAC may be populated. New static MAC definitions for the VPLS instance may be created while a dynamic host exists associated with the static MAC address
  4. Generate dynamic ARP replies if arp-reply-agent is enabled. Applicable to VPLS service SAPs
    The no form of the command reverts to the default.
Default 

no lease-populate

Parameters 
nbr-of-leases—
Specifies the number of DHCPv4 leases allowed.
Note:

The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.

l2-header—
Indicates a mode of operation where anti-spoof entry associated with the given DHCP state is created based on the MAC address from the Layer 2 header. The Layer 2 header flag is not set by default. This parameter is only applicable for group-interfaces.
mac —
Specifies that the provisioned ieee-address is used in the anti-spoofing entries for this SAP. The parameter may be changed mid-session. Existing sessions are be re-programmed unless a tools perform command is issues for the lease. This parameter is only applicable for group-interfaces.

option

Syntax 
[no] option
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
Description 

This command enables DHCP Option 82 (Relay Agent Information Option) parameters processing and enters the context for configuring Option 82 sub-options.

The no form of this command disables the DHCP Option 82 parameters.

Default 

no option

action

Syntax 
action {replace | drop | keep}
no action
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
Description 

This command configures the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82) processing.

The no form of this command returns the system to the default value.

Default 

The default is to keep the existing information intact.

Parameters 
replace—
Specifies to overwrite any existing Option 82 field. In the upstream direction (from the user), the Option 82 field from the router is inserted in the packet. In the downstream direction (toward the user) the Option 82 field is stripped (in accordance with RFC 3046).
drop—
Specifies to drop the DHCP packet if an Option 82 field is present, and a counter is incremented.
keep—
Specifies to keep existing information in the packet and the router does not add any additional information. In the downstream direction the Option 82 field is not stripped and is forwarded towards the client.

circuit-id

Syntax 
circuit-id [ascii-tuple | ifindex | sap-id | vlan-ascii-tuple]
no circuit-id
Context 
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp>option
Description 

When enabled, the router sends an ASCII-encoded tuple in the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet. This ASCII-tuple consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and SAP-ID, separated by “|”.

If disabled, the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet is left empty.

The no form of this command returns the system to the default.

Default 

circuit-id ascii-tuple

Parameters 
ascii-tuple—
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple be used which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name, separated by “|”.
ifindex—
Specifies that the interface index is used. (The If index of a router interface can be displayed using the show>router>interface>detail command).
sap-id—
Specifies that the SAP identifier is used.
vlan-ascii-tuple—
Specifies that the format includes VLAN-id and dot1p bits in addition to what is included in ascii-tuple already. The format is supported on dot1q-encapsulated ports only. Thus, when the Option 82 bits are stripped, the dot1p bits are copied to the Ethernet header of an outgoing packet.

circuit-id

Syntax 
circuit-id [ascii-tuple | vlan-ascii-tuple]
circuit-id hex [0x0..0xFFFFFFFF...(64 hex nibbles)]
no circuit-id
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
Description 

When enabled, the router sends an ASCII-encoded tuple in the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet. This ASCII-tuple consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and SAP-ID, separated by “|”. If no keyword is configured, then the circuit-id sub-option will not be part of the information option (Option 82).

When the command is configured without any parameters, it equals to circuit-id ascii-tuple.

If disabled, the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet is left empty.

Default 

no circuit-id

Parameters 
ascii-tuple—
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple consisting of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name is used
hex—
Specifies the circuit-id hex string
vlan-ascii-tuple—
Specifies that the format will include VLAN-id and dot1p bits as well as what is included in ascii-tuple already. The format is supported on dot1q and qinq encapsulated ports only. Thus, when the Option 82 bits are stripped, dot1p bits are copied to the Ethernet header of an outgoing packet.

remote-id

Syntax 
remote-id [mac | string string]
no remote-id
Context 
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>dhcp>option
Description 

This command specifies what information goes into the remote ID sub-option in the DHCP Relay packet.

If disabled, the remote-id sub-option of the DHCP packet is left empty.

The no form of this command returns the system to the default.

Default 

no remote-id

Parameters 
mac—
Specifies the MAC address of the remote end is encoded in the sub-option.
string
Specifies the remote ID up to 32 characters.

relay-plain-bootp

Syntax 
[no] relay-plain-bootp
Context 
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
Description 

This command enables the relaying of plain BOOTP packets.

The no form of the command disables the relaying of plain BOOTP packets.

relay-proxy

Syntax 
relay-proxy [release-update-src-ip] [siaddr-override ip-address]
no relay-proxy
Context 
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
Description 

This command enables the DHCPv4 relay proxy function on the interface. The command has no effect when no dhcp servers are configured (DHCPv4 relay not configured). By default, unicast DHCPv4 release messages are forwarded transparently. The optional release-update-src-ip flag, updates the source IP address with the value used for relayed DHCPv4 messages. Additionally when the optional flag relay-unicast-msg is enabled, then the gi address and source IP address of relayed DHCPv4 messages can be configured to any local configured IP address in the same routing instance.

A relay proxy enhances the relay such that it also relays unicast client DHCPv4 REQUEST messages (lease renewals).

  1. In the upstream direction, update the source IP address and add the gateway IP address (gi-address) field before sending the message to the intended DHCP server (the message is not broadcast to all configured DHCP servers.
  2. In the downstream direction, remove the gi-address and update the destination IP address to the address of the yiaddr (your IP address) field.

The optional release-update-src-ip parameter updates the source IP address of a DHCP RELEASE message with the address used for relayed DHCPv4 messages.

The optional siaddr-override ip-address parameter enables DHCP server IP address hiding towards the client. This parameter requires that lease-populate is enabled on the interface. The DHCP server ip address is required for the address hiding function and is stored in the lease state record. The client interacts with the relay proxy as if it is the DHCP server. In all DHCP messages to the client, the value of following header fields and DHCP options containing the DHCP server IP address is replaced with the configured <ip-address>:

  1. the source IP address field in the IP DHCPv4 packet header
  2. the siaddr field in the DHCPv4 header if not equal to zero in the message received from the server
  3. the Server Identification option (DHCPv4 option 54) if present in the original server message
  4. the source IP address field in the IP packet header

DHCP OFFER selection during initial binding is done in the relay-proxy. Only the first DHCP OFFER message is forwarded to the client. Subsequent DHCP OFFER messages from different servers are silently dropped.

Default 

no relay-proxy

Parameters 
release-update-src-ip—
Updates the source IP address of a DHCP RELEASE message with the address used for relayed DHCPv4 messages.
ip-address
Enables DHCPv4 server address hiding towards the DHCPv4 client and activates DHCPv4 OFFER selection in case multiple DHCP servers are configured. The ip-address can be any local address in the same routing instance. If DHCP relay lease-split is enabled, siaddr-override ip-address has priority over the emulated-server ip-address configured in the proxy-server and is used as the source IP address.

server

Syntax 
server server1 [server2]
Context 
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
Description 

This command configures a list of servers where requests are forwarded. The list of servers can be entered as either IP addresses or fully qualified domain names. There must be at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are multiple servers then the request is forwarded to all of the servers in the list.

There can be a maximum of 8 DHCP servers configured.

The no form of the command removes the servers from the DHCP configuration.

Default 

no server

Parameters 
server—
Specifies up to eight DHCP server IP addresses.

trusted

Syntax 
[no] trusted
Context 
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
Description 

This command enables relaying untrusted packets. According to RFC 3046, DHCP Relay Agent Information Option, a DHCP request where the giaddr is 0.0.0.0 and which contains an Option 82 field in the packet, should be discarded, unless it arrives on a “trusted” circuit. If trusted mode is enabled on an IP interface, the Relay Agent (the router) modifies the request's giaddr to be equal to the ingress interface and forward the request.

Note:

This behavior only applies when the action in the Relay Agent Information Option is keep. In the case where the option 82 field is being replaced by the Relay Agent (action = replace), the original Option 82 information is lost anyway, and thus, there is no reason for enabling the trusted option.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

no trusted

2.11.2.2.3. Interface IPv6 Commands

address

Syntax 
address ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64]
no address ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context 
config>service>ies>if>ipv6
Description 

This command assigns an IPv6 address to the IES interface.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
ipv6-address/prefix-length—
Specifies the IPv6 address on the interface.
Values—

ipv6-address

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x [0 to FFFF]H

d [0 to 255]D

prefix-length

1 to 128

 

eui-64—
When the eui-64 keyword is specified, a complete IPv6 address from the supplied prefix and 64-bit interface identifier is formed. The 64-bit interface identifier is derived from MAC address on Ethernet interfaces. For interfaces without a MAC address, for example ATM interfaces, the Base MAC address of the chassis is used.

address

Syntax 
address ipv6-address/prefix-length [pd] [wan-host] [track-srrp srrp-instance] [holdup-time milli-seconds]
no address ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context 
config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
Description 

This command assigns an IPv6 address/subnet to the subscriber interface.

Note:

SRRP is not supported for IPv6 subscriber interface.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
ipv6-address —
Specifies the 128-bit IPv6 address.
Values—
128-bit hexadecimal IPv6 address in compressed form

 

prefix-length—
Specifies the length of any associated aggregate prefix.
Values—
32 to 63

 

pd—
Specifies that this aggregate is used by IPv6 ESM hosts for DHCPv6 prefix-delegation.
wan-host—
Specifies that this aggregate is used by IPv6 ESM hosts for DHCPv6 addresses or by a routing gateway’s WAN interface

allow-unmatching-prefixes

Syntax 
[no] allow-unmatching-prefixes
Context 
config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
Description 

This command allows address assignments for IPoEv6 and PPPoEv6 hosts in cases where the subscriber host assigned IPv6 address or prefix falls outside of the subscriber-prefix range explicitly configured for the subscriber interface (config>service>vprn/ies>sub-if>ipv6) or the subscriber-prefix is not configured at all.

SLAAC hosts are installed in the FDB as /64 entries. The length of the installed DHCP-PD prefix is dictated by the prefix length and the DHCP-NA host is installed as /128 entries.

IPv4 subscriber hosts are unaffected by this command.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no allow-unmatching-prefixes

lease-populate

Syntax 
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate [pd] na [ta]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate pd [na] [ta] [exclude]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate [pd] [na] ta
no lease-populate
Context 
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
Description 

This command specifies the maximum number of DHCPv6 lease states allocated by the DHCPv6 relay function, allowed on this interface.

Optionally, by specifying the route-populate parameter, system can:

  1. Create routes based on the IA_PD/IA_NA/IA_TA prefix option in relay-reply message.
  2. Create black hole routes based on OPTION_PD_EXCLUDE in IA_PD in relay-reply message.

These routes could be redistributed into IGP/BGP by using route-policy, following protocol types that could be used in “from protocol”:

  1. dhcpv6-pd
  2. dhcpv6-na
  3. dhcpv6-ta
  4. dhcpv6-pd-excl

The no form of the command disables dynamic host lease state management.

Default 

no lease-populate

Parameters 
nbr-of-leases—
Defines the number lease state table entries allowed for this interface. If this parameter is omitted, only a single entry is allowed. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCP6 ACK messages are discarded.
Values—
1 to 8000

 

route-populate —
Create routes based on options in relay-reply messages.
Values—
pd/na/ta — Create route based on specified option.
exclude — Create blackhole route based on OPTION_PD_EXCLUDE

 

neighbor-resolution

Syntax 
[no] neighbor-resolution
Context 
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
Description 

This command enables neighbor resolution with DHCPv6 relay.

The no form of the command disables neighbor resolution.

Default 

no neighbor-resolution

remote-id

Syntax 
[no] remote-id
Context 
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6>option
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6>option
Description 

This command enables the sending of remote ID option in the DHCPv6 relay packet.

The client DHCP Unique Identifier (DUID) is used as the remote ID.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

no remote-id

option

Syntax 
[no] option
Context 
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
Description 

This command enables the context to configure DHCPv6 relay information options.

The no form of the command disables DHCPv6 relay information options.

interface-id

Syntax 
interface-id [ascii-tuple]
interface-id ifindex
interface-id sap-id
interface-id string string
no interface-id
Context 
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6>option
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6>option
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
Description 

This command enables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 relay packet.

The no form of the command disables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 relay packet

Default 

no interface-id

Parameters 
ascii-tuple—
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple is used which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name, separated by “|”.
ifindex—
Specifies that the interface index is used. The If Index of a router interface can be displayed using the show>router>interface>detail command.
sap-id—
Specifies that the SAP identifier is used.
string—
Specifies that a string is used.

proxy-nd-policy

Syntax 
proxy-nd-policy policy-name [policy-name]
no proxy-nd-policy
Context 
config>service>ies>if>ipv6
Description 

This command configures a proxy neighbor discovery policy for the interface. This policy determines networks and sources for which proxy ND is attempted, when local proxy neighbor discovery is enabled.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no proxy-nd-policy

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies up to five the export route policy names. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

The specified name(s) must already be defined.

2.11.2.3. Show Commands

Note:

The command outputs in this section are examples only; actual displays may differ depending on supported functionality and user configuration

active-subscribers

Syntax 
active-subscribers detail
active-subscribers mirror
active-subscribers summary
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays active subscriber information.

Parameters 
summary—
Displays active subscriber information in a brief format.
detail—
Displays detailed output.
Output 

The following output is an example of active service subscribers information.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub1 (hpolSubProf2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address          Session        Origin       Svc        Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.1.4.194
                00:01:00:00:03:c1    PPP 1          IPCP         1000       Y  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address          Session        Origin       Svc        Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.1.4.35
                00:01:00:00:03:22    N/A            ARP-Host     1000       Y
239.1.4.195
                00:01:00:00:03:c2    PPP 1          IPCP         1000       Y
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub16 (hpolSubProf1)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:[lag-1:2000.2] - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address          Session        Origin       Svc        Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.1.4.224
                00:01:00:00:03:df    PPP 1          IPCP         1000       Y
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub2 (hpolSubProf1)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address          Session        Origin       Svc        Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.1.4.196
                00:01:00:00:03:c3    PPP 1          IPCP         1000       Y
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of active subscribers : 3
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#

credit-control

Syntax 
credit-control [subscriber sub-ident-string]
credit-control out-of-credit [action action] [summary]
credit-control extended-failure-handling [state] [summary]
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers
Description 

This command displays active subscriber credit control information. Without additional filters, the output lists information for all active subscribers.

The output of this command can be filtered:

  1. per subscriber by specifying the optional subscriber sub-ident-string parameter
  2. per all subscribers that are out of credit by specifying the out-of-credit parameter with the optional action action parameter
  3. per subscribers that have a Diameter Gy session with Extended Failure Handling (EFH) enabled by specifying the extended-failure-handling parameter with the optional state parameter.
Parameters 
sub-ident-string
Displays credit control information for the specified subscriber.
Values—
32 character subscriber identification string

 

out-of-credit [action action]
Displays credit control information for subscribers that are out of credit and, optionally, have the specified out of credit action enabled.
Values—
continue, block-category, change-service-level

 

extended-failure-handling [state]
Displays credit control information for subscribers with a Diameter Gy session with EFH enabled. The optional state parameter lists subscribers for which the Diameter Gy session EFH is active, inactive, or both (all).
Values—
active, inactive, all

 

summary —
Lists the number of matching entries for the specified filter.
Output 

The following output is an example of active subscribers credit control information.

Output Sample
A:BNG-1# show service active-subscribers credit-control
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber ipoe-msap-002 (sub-profile-1)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:[1/1/4:1201.2] - sla:sla-profile-3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit Control Policy: cc-policy-1
Category Map         : cat-map-3
Diameter Session Gy  : bng.domain.com;1464610029;840
CC Failure Handling  : continue
Extended Failure Handling (EFH)
  State              : inactive
  Total Active time  : 0d 00:10:02
  Total Active Count : 1
Number of categories
static               : 3
gx-session           : 0
gx-pcc               : 0
Category Name        : cat-1-time
Ingress Queues       : 1
Egress Queues        : 1
Ingress Policers     :
Egress Policers      :
Credit Volume Used   : 0                    Credit Time Used     : 39
Credit Volume Avail. : 0                    Credit Time Avail.   : 861
Credit Volume Thres. : 0                    Credit Time Thres.   : 0
Credit Expired       : False                Credit Negotiating   : False
Out Of Credit Action : None                 Quota Holding Time   : 0
Validity Time Used   : 0                    Validity Time Avail. : 0
EFH Unreported Credit
  Total Volume       : 0                      Total Time         : 1195
HTTP Rdr URL Override: (Not Specified)
Category Name        : cat-1-volume
Ingress Queues       : 1
Egress Queues        : 1
Ingress Policers     :
Egress Policers      :
Credit Volume Used   : 31800                Credit Time Used     : 0
Credit Volume Avail. : 4968200              Credit Time Avail.   : 0
Credit Volume Thres. : 0                    Credit Time Thres.   : 0
Credit Expired       : False                Credit Negotiating   : False
Out Of Credit Action : None                 Quota Holding Time   : 0
Validity Time Used   : 32                   Validity Time Avail. : 568
EFH Unreported Credit
  Total Volume       : 1110400                Total Time         : 0
HTTP Rdr URL Override: (Not Specified)
Category Name        : cat-2-volume
Ingress Queues       : 4
Egress Queues        : 4
Ingress Policers     :
Egress Policers      :
Credit Volume Used   : 98400                Credit Time Used     : 0
Credit Volume Avail. : 1901600              Credit Time Avail.   : 0
Credit Volume Thres. : 0                    Credit Time Thres.   : 0
Credit Expired       : False                Credit Negotiating   : False
Out Of Credit Action : None                 Quota Holding Time   : 0
Validity Time Used   : 33                   Validity Time Avail. : 567
EFH Unreported Credit
  Total Volume       : 3330600                Total Time         : 0
HTTP Rdr URL Override: (Not Specified)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address          Session        Origin       Svc        Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1.1.101
                00:51:00:00:00:02    IPoE           DHCP         1000       Y
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of active subscribers : 1
===============================================================================

Table 13 describes the show service active-subscribers credit-control command output fields for Diameter credit control.

(1) These fields are only shown when EFH is enabled in the Diameter application policy. EFH is enabled using the configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gy extended-failure-handling no shutdown command.

(2) These fields are only shown when the EFH state is active.

Table 13:  show service active-subscribers credit-control Field Descriptions for Diameter Credit Control 

Label

Description

Credit Control Policy

Displays the credit control policy name in use for this subscriber session

Category Map

Displays the active category map in use for this subscriber session

Diameter Session Gy

The Diameter Gy session ID

CC Failure Handling

Displays the current value for Credit Control Failure Handling (CCFH) as configured in the Diameter Gy application policy or as received in an Answer message from the Online Charging Server (OCS) in the CCFH AVP

Values: terminate, continue, or retry-and-terminate

Extended Failure Handling (EFH) - State (1)

Displays the EFH state:

active — EFH is enabled and currently active

inactive — EFH is enabled and currently inactive

EFH - Attempts (1) (2)

Displays the number of times interim credit is assigned to all rating groups followed by an attempt to establish a new Diameter Gy session with the Online Charging Server (OCS), or credit control server

EFH - Maximum Attempts(1) (2)

Displays the configured maximum attempts value in the Diameter application policy

When an attempt to establish a new Diameter Gy session with the OCS continues to fail after the maximum attempts value is reached, then the user session is terminated (the subscriber hosts are deleted from the system).

EFH - Active Time (1) (2)

Displays the time since the EFH state became active for this subscriber session

EFH - Total Active Time(1)

Displays the accumulated time of all occurrences that EFH was active during the lifetime of this subscriber session

EFH - Total Active Count (1)

Displays the number of times that EFH was active during the lifetime of this subscriber session

Number of categories - static

Displays the number of static categories in use for this subscriber session.

Number of categories - gx-session

Displays the number of categories reserved for this subscriber session for Gx session level Usage Monitoring.

Number of categories - gx-pcc

Displays the number of dynamic categories in use by this subscriber session for GX PCC rule-based Usage Monitoring.

Category - Category Name

Displays the name of the category as configured in the category map

Category - Ingress Queues

Displays the ingress queues for which credit control is applied in this category as configured in the category map

Category - Egress Queues

Displays the egress queues for which credit control is applied in this category as configured in the category map

Category - Ingress Policers

Displays the ingress policers for which credit control is applied in this category as configured in the category map

Category - Egress Policers

Displays the egress policers for which credit control is applied in this category as configured in the category map

Category - Credit Volume Used

Displays the used total octets counter (ingress and egress combined) since the last usage reporting of this rating group

Category - Credit Volume Avail.

Displays the remaining total granted octets available before a new credit negotiation is triggered for this rating group (category) or the out of credit action is triggered

Category - Credit Volume Thres.

Displays the volume quota threshold in octets as received from the OCS.

When the Credit Volume Available octets fall below the Credit Volume Threshold, a new credit negotiation is triggered for this rating group (category). The Credit Volume Threshold value is set to Expired and Credit Negotiating is set to True.

Category - Credit Time Used

Displays the number of seconds passed since the last reporting of this rating group

Category - Credit Time Avail.

Displays the remaining number of seconds before a new credit negotiation is triggered for this rating group (category) or the out of credit action is triggered

Category - Credit Time Thres.

Displays the time quota threshold in seconds as received from the OCS

When the Credit Time Available falls below the Credit Time Threshold, a new credit negotiation is triggered for this rating group (category). The Credit Time Threshold value is set to Expired and Credit Negotiating is set to true.

Category - Credit Expired

Displays the credit expired value:

False—Negotiated credit is still available

True—All granted credit is exhausted; either new credit is being negotiated with the OCS or the out of credit action is activated.

Category - Credit Negotiating

Displays the credit negotiating value:

False—There is no credit being requested to the OCS

True—New credit is being requested to the OCS

Category - Out Of Credit Action

Displays the out of credit action value:

None—Out-of-credit action is not active

When the out-of-credit action is active, the value is set to one of: ChangeServiceLevel, BlockCategory, Continue, or DisconnectHost

Category - Quota Holding Time

Displays the Idle timeout associated with the granted quota. When no traffic associated with the quota is observed for the time specified, a credit negotiation is triggered with the OCS.

Category - Validity Time Used

Displays the number of seconds passed since the Validity Time was installed

Category - Validity Time Avail.

Displays the remaining number of seconds of the Validity Time before a new usage reporting is triggered for this rating group (category)

Category - EFH Unreported Credit - Current Volume (1) (2)

Displays the unreported volume credit for the current occurrence of EFH in an active state. This counter includes the unreported used volume credit for the initial Diameter Gy session that caused the active EFH state and the unreported volume interim credit for previous attempts. Used interim credit for the current attempt is shown in the Credit Volume Used counter.

Category - EFH Unreported Credit - Total Volume (1)

Displays the accumulated total unreported volume credit for the previous occurrences of EFH in an active state. The total counter is updated when the EFH state toggles from active to inactive. When interim credit reporting is enabled, the counters are reset to zero when the actual usage reporting for this rating group (category) occurs. When interim credit reporting is disabled, the counters accumulate the total unreported volume credit during the lifetime of the subscriber session.

Category - EFH Unreported Credit - Current Time (1) (2)

Displays the unreported time credit for the current occurrence of EFH in an active state. This counter includes the unreported used time credit for the initial Diameter Gy session that caused the active EFH state and the unreported time interim credit for previous attempts. Used interim credit for the current attempt is shown in the Credit Time Used counter.

Category - EFH Unreported Credit - Total Time (1)

Displays the accumulated total unreported time credit for the previous occurrences of EFH in an active state. The total counter is updated when the EFH state toggles from active to inactive. When interim credit reporting is enabled, the counters are reset to zero when the actual usage reporting for this rating group (category) occurs. When interim credit reporting is disabled, the counters accumulate the total unreported time credit during the lifetime of the subscriber session.

Category - HTTP Rdr URL Override

Displays the URL returned by a Diameter OCS in a Credit Control Answer (CCA) message Final-Unit-Indication/Redirect-Server/Redirect-Server-Address AVP. This URL is used for Diameter Gy http-redirect out-of-credit actions when allow-override is configured.

filter

Syntax 
filter [subscriber sub-ident-string] [origin origin]
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers
Description 

This command displays active subscriber filter information.

hierarchy

Syntax 
hierarchy [subscriber sub-ident-string]
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers
Description 

This command displays active subscriber hierarchy information. To display an IPoE/PPP session, the group of hosts within the session is visually indented. Additional information related to the session is also shown. For PPPoE, the circuit ID and remote ID if used is shown. For IPoE, the key used to group the session is shown (for example, the circuit ID). The command also display PD host which are modeled as a managed route. The PD managed route is directly underneath and points to the host that it is using as the next hop. The PD managed route forwarding status is also shown, where (N) indicates that the route is not forwarding.

Output 

The following output displays active subscriber hierarchy information.

Sample Output
*A:PE-5# show service active-subscribers hierarchy
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers Hierarchy
===============================================================================
-- ipoe-msap-001 (sub-profile-1)
   |
   +-- sap:[1/1/4:1201.1] - sla:sla-profile-1
       |
       +-- IPOE-session - mac:00:51:00:00:00:01 - svc:1000
           |
           |-- 10.1.1.29 - DHCP
           |
           +-- 2001:db8:1:100::1/128 - DHCP6
               |
               +-- 2001:db8:d001::/56 - DHCP6-PD-MR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of active subscribers : 1
Flags: (N) = the host or the managed route is in non-forwarding state
===============================================================================
 
*A:PE-5# show service active-subscribers hierarchy radius-acct
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers Hierarchy (accounting information)
===============================================================================
-- ipoe-msap-001 (sub-profile-1)
   |   Acct-policy       : acct-policy-4
   |       Mode          : Queue Instance (Interim), Session (Interim)
   |       Cfg. Interval : 0180d00h
   |
   +-- sap:[1/1/4:1201.1] - sla:sla-profile-1
       |   |
       |   +-- Queue Instance Acct - acct-policy-4
       |       session-id          : 144DFF0000000358A70696
       |       multi-session-id    : 144DFF0000000358A70696
       |       interim-interval    : 0180d00h
       |
       +-- IPOE-Session - mac:00:51:00:00:00:01
           |   |
           |   +-- Session Acct - acct-policy-4
           |       session-id      : 144DFF0000000158A70696
           |       multi-session-id: 144DFF0000000358A70696
           |       interim-interval: 0180d00h
           |
           |-- 10.1.1.29
           |   |
           |   +-- no radius acct
           |       session-id      : 144DFF0000000258A70696
           |
           +-- 2001:db8:1:100::1/128
               |
               +-- no radius acct
               |   session-id      : 144DFF0000000458A70B2B
               |
               +-- 2001:db8:d001::/56
                   session-id      : N/A
                   multi-session-id: N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of active subscribers : 1
===============================================================================

host-tracking

Syntax 
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string]
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] detail
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] summary
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] statistics
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers
Description 

This command displays active subscriber host tracking information.

groups

Syntax 
groups [group group-ip-address]
groups group group-ip-address] detail
groups group group-ip-address] summary
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers
Description 

This command displays active subscriber host tracking groups information.

igmp

Syntax 
igmp [subscriber sub-ident-string][detail]
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers
Description 

This command displays active subscriber IGMP information.

Output 

The following output is an example of IGMP information for active subscribers.

Sample Output
*B:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers igmp 
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers 
===============================================================================
Subscriber                       IGMP-Policy                     
  HostAddr                       GrpItf                           NumGroups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sub_1                            pol1                            
  10.112.1.1                     gi_1_1                           1
  10.112.1.2                     gi_1_1                           2
sub_2                            pol1                            
  10.112.1.3                     gi_1_2                           0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Subscribers : 2
===============================================================================
*B:Dut-C#
 
*B:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers igmp detail 
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers Detail
===============================================================================
Subscriber                       IGMP-Policy                     
  HostAddr                       GrpItf                           NumGroups
    GrpAddr                      Type            Up-Time          Mode
      SrcAddr                    Type                             Blk/Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sub_1                            pol1                            
  10.112.1.1                     gi_1_1                           1
    239.0.0.1                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:53      Include
      10.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Fwd
      10.11.0.2                  Dynamic                          Fwd
  10.112.1.2                     gi_1_1                           2
    239.0.0.1                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:44      Exclude
      10.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Blk
    239.0.0.2                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:44      Exclude
      10.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Blk
sub_2                            pol1                            
  10.112.1.3                     gi_1_2                           0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Subscribers : 2             
===============================================================================
*B:Dut-C# 
 
*B:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers igmp subscriber "sub_1" detail 
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers Detail
===============================================================================
Subscriber                       IGMP-Policy                     
  HostAddr                       GrpItf                           NumGroups
    GrpAddr                      Type            Up-Time          Mode
      SrcAddr                    Type                             Blk/Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sub_1                            pol1                            
  10.112.1.1                     gi_1_1                           1
    239.0.0.1                    Dynamic         0d 00:01:04      Include
      10.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Fwd
     10.11.0.2                   Dynamic                          Fwd
  10.112.1.2                     gi_1_1                           2
    239.0.0.1                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:55      Exclude
      10.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Blk
    239.0.0.2                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:55      Exclude
      10.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Blk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Subscribers : 1
===============================================================================
B:Dut-C# 

subscriber

Syntax 
subscriber sub-ident-string
subscriber sub-ident-string detail
subscriber sub-ident-string mirror
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name detail
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name mirror
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers
Description 

This command displays active subscriber information for a subscriber.

Output 

The following output is an example of subscriber information for active subscribers.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers subscriber "hpolSub1"
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub1 (hpolSubProf2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address          Session        Origin       Svc        Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.1.4.194
                00:01:00:00:03:c1    PPP 1          IPCP         1000       Y
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address          Session        Origin       Svc        Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.1.4.35
                00:01:00:00:03:22    N/A            ARP-Host     1000       Y
239.1.4.195
                00:01:00:00:03:c2    PPP 1          IPCP         1000       Y
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
*A:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers subscriber "hpolSub1"
sap lag-1:2000.1 sla-profile "hpolSlaProf2"
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub1 (hpolSubProf2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address          Session        Origin       Svc        Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.1.4.35
                00:01:00:00:03:22    N/A            ARP-Host     1000       Y
239.1.4.195
                00:01:00:00:03:c2    PPP 1          IPCP         1000       Y
===============================================================================

id

Syntax 
id service-id
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command enables the context to display information for a particular service-id.

Parameters 
service-id—
The unique service identification number that identifies the service in the service domain.
all—
Displays detailed information about the service.
arp—
Displays ARP entries for the service.
arp-host—
Displays ARP host related information.
base—
Displays basic service information.
fdb—
Displays FDB entries.
host—
Displays static hosts configured on the specified service.
labels—
Displays labels being used by this service.
sap—
Displays SAPs associated to the service.
sdp—
Displays SDPs associated with the service.
split-horizon-group—
Display split horizon group information.
stp—
Displays STP information.

arp

Syntax 
arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] | [interface ip-int-name]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays the ARP table for the IES instance.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified IP address
Default—
All IP addresses
ieee-address
Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
Default—
All MAC addresses.
sap-id
Displays SAP information for the specified SAP ID
ip-int-name—
Displays the IP interface name for which to display matching ARPs
Output 

The following output is an example of ARP service ID information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service id 2 arp
==============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
==============================================================================
IP Address      MAC Address       Type    Age       Interface         Port     
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.11.1.1      00:03:fa:00:08:22 Other   00:00:00  ies-100-10.11.1  1/1/11:0 
==============================================================================
A:ALA-12#

The following table describes show service-id ARP output fields.

Table 14:  Show Service-ID ARP Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Service ID

Displays the value identifying the service.

MAC

Displays the specified MAC address

Source-Identifier

Displays the location the MAC is defined.

Type

Static — Displays FDB entries created by management.

Learned — Displays dynamic entries created by the learning process.

OAM — Displays the entries created by the OAM process.

Age

Displays the time lapsed since the service was enabled.

Interface

Displays the interface applied to the service.

Port

Displays the port where the SAP is applied.

base

Syntax 
base
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays basic information about the service ID including service type, description, SAPs and SDPs.

Output 

The following output is an example of base service ID information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id# base
===============================================================================
Service Basic Information
===============================================================================
Service Id        : 750                 Vpn Id            : 750
Service Type      : VPLS
Description       : Distributed VPLS services.
Customer Id       : 7
Last Status Change: 04/11/2007 09:36:33
Last Mgmt Change  : 04/11/2007 09:36:36
Admin State       : Down                Oper State        : Down
MTU               : 1514                Def. Mesh VC Id   : 750
SAP Count         : 1                   SDP Bind Count    : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access & Destination Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifier                       Type         AdmMTU  OprMTU  Adm     Opr
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/7:0                      q-tag        1518    1518    Up      Down
sdp:1:22 S(10.10.10.49)          TLDP         0       0       Up      Down
sdp:8:750 M(10.10.10.104)        TLDP         0       0       Up      Down
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id#

The following table describes show service-id base output fields:

Table 15:  Show Service-ID Base Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Service Id

Displays the service identifier.

Vpn Id

Displays the VPN ID assigned to the service.

Service Type

Displays the type of service.

Description

Displays generic information about the service.

Customer Id

Displays the customer identifier.

Last Mgmt Change

Displays the date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this customer.

Adm

Displays the administrative state of the service.

Oper

Displays the operating state of the service.

Mtu

Displays the largest frame size (in octets) that the service can handle.

Def. Mesh VC Id

This object is only valid in services that accept mesh SDP bindings. It is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service.

SAP Count

Displays the number of SAPs defined on the service.

SDP Bind Count

Displays the number of SDPs bound to the service.

Identifier

Displays the service access (SAP) and destination (SDP) points.

Type

Displays the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on the SDP.

AdmMTU

Displays the desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end ESR, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

OprMTU

Displays the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end ESR, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Opr

Displays the operational state of the SDP.

authentication

Syntax 
authentication
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command enables the context to show session authentication information.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [policy name] [sap sap-id]
Context 
show>service>id>authentication
Description 

This command displays session authentication statistics for this service.

Parameters 
policy name
Specifies an existing authentication policy name.
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Output 

The following output displays an example of service authentication statistics information

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 700 authentication statistics
================================================================
Authentication Statistics for service 700
================================================================
Client Packets Authenticate Fail  : 0
Client Packets Authenticate Ok    : 0
================================================================
*A:ALA-48# 

egress-label

Syntax 
egress-label egress-label1 [egress-label2]
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays services using the range of egress labels.

If only the mandatory egress-label1 parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.

If both egress-label1 and egress-label2 parameters are specified, the services using the range of labels X where egress-label1 <= X <= egress-label2 are displayed.

Use the show router ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.

Parameters 
egress-label1—
Specifies the starting egress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only egress-label1 is specified, services only using egress-label1 are displayed.
Values—
0, 2049 to 131071

 

egress-label2—
Specifies the ending egress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Values—
2049 to 131071

 

Default—
The egress-label1 value
Output 

The following output is an example of service egress label information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service egress-label 0 10000
==============================================================================
Martini Service Labels                                                         
==============================================================================
Svc Id     Sdp Id             Type I.Lbl        E.Lbl                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          10:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          20:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          30:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          100:1              Mesh 0            0                              
...
1          107:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          108:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          300:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          301:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          302:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          400:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          500:2              Spok 131070       2001                           
1          501:1              Mesh 131069       2000                           
100        300:100            Spok 0            0                              
200        301:200            Spok 0            0                              
300        302:300            Spok 0            0                              
400        400:400            Spok 0            0                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bindings Found : 23                                                  
==============================================================================
A:ALA-12#

The following table describes show service egress label output fields.

Table 16:  Service Egress Label Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Svc Id

Displays the ID that identifies a service.

Sdp Id

Displays the ID that identifies an SDP.

Type

Indicates whether the SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh.

I. Lbl

Displays the VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP.

E. Lbl

Displays the VC label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP.

Number of bindings found

Displays the total number of SDP bindings that exist within the specified egress label range.

lease-state

Syntax 
lease-state [wholesaler service-id] [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id | interface interface-name | ip-address ip-address[/mask] | chaddr ieee-address | mac ieee-address | {[port port-id] [no-inter-dest-id | inter-dest-id inter-dest-id]}] [session {none | ipoe}] [detail]
Context 
show>service>id>dhcp
Description 

This command displays DHCP lease state information.

Note:

The wholesaler service-id parameter is applicable only in the VPRN context (VPRN is supported by the 7750 SR only).

Parameters 
service-id
The service ID of the wholesaler. When specified in this context, SAP, SDP, interface, IP address and MAC parameters are ignored. This parameter only applies to the 7750 SR.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 214748364
svc-name: A string up to 64 characters.

 

sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
sdp-id
Specifies the SDP identifier.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
The virtual circuit identifier. This value is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. The default value of this object is equal to the service ID.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

interface-name
Specifies the interface name up to 32 characters.
ip-address[/mask]
Shows information for the specified IP address and mask.
port-id
The DHCP lease state local specifies that the DHCP lease state is learned by either a SAP or SDP. When the value is SAP, the value indicates the SAP for which this entry contains information.
chaddr—
Specifies the MA address of the DHCP lease state.
interface-name
Shows information for the specified IP interface.
detail—
Displays detailed lease state information.
inter-dest-id—
Indicates the intermediate destination identifier received from either the DHCP or the RADIUS server or the local user database.
session—
Shows DHCPv4 lease states for hosts that are associated with an IPoE session or for hosts that are not associated with an IPoE session.
Values—
none, ipoe

 

detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output is an example of DHCP lease state information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 101 dhcp lease-state
===============================================================================
DHCP lease state table, service 101
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap/Sdp Id          Remaining  Lease    MC
                                                      LifeTime   Origin   Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1.1.52      00:00:1f:bd:00:bb lag-1:101           00h02m56s  DHCP-R
10.3.2.62      00:00:1f:bd:00:c6 lag-1:105           00h02m59s  RADIUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of lease states : 2
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#
 
 
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 105 dhcp lease-state  wholesaler 101
===============================================================================
DHCP lease state table, service 105
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap/Sdp Id          Remaining  Lease    MC
                                                      LifeTime   Origin   Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wholesaler 101 Leases
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3.2.62      00:00:1f:bd:00:c6 lag-1:105           00h00m39s  RADIUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of lease states : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#

lease-state

Syntax 
lease-state [detail] [wholesaler service-id] [session {none | ipoe | ppp}] [router-advertisement-policy policy-name]
lease-state [detail] interface interface-name [wholesaler service-id] [session {none | ipoe | ppp}] [router-advertisement-policy policy-name]
lease-state [detail] ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] [wholesaler service-id] [session {none | ipoe | ppp}] [router-advertisement-policy policy-name]
lease-state [detail] mac ieee-address [wholesaler service-id] [session {none | ipoe | ppp}] [router-advertisement-policy policy-name]
Context 
show>service>id>dhcp6
Description 

This command displays DHCPv6 lease state information.

Note:

The wholesaler service-id parameter is applicable only in the VPRN context.

Parameters 
detail—
Displays detailed lease state information.
service-id
The service ID of the wholesaler. When specified in this context, SAP, SDP, interface, IP address and MAC parameters are ignored. This parameter only applies to the 7750 SR.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483647

 

session—
Shows DHCPv6 lease states for clients that are associated with an IPoE session or for clients that are associated with a PPP session or for clients that are not associated with an IPoE session.
Values—
none, ipoe, ppp

 

policy-name—
Specifies the name of the router advertisement policy.
interface-name
Specifies the interface name up to 32 characters.
ipv6-address[/mask]
Shows information for the specified IPv6 address and mask.
ieee-address
Shows information for the specified 48-bit MAC address, expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
Output 

The following output is an example of DHCP6 lease state information.

Sample Output
*A:eng-BNG-2# show  service id 1000 dhcp6 lease-state detail
===============================================================================
DHCP lease states for service 1000
===============================================================================
Service ID           : 1000
IP Address           : 2001:1000:0:4::1/128
Client HW Address    : 00:00:10:10:12:12
Subscriber-interface : sub-int-01
Group-interface      : grp-int-01
SAP                  : 1/1/20:841
Termination Type     : local
Up Time              : 0d 00:00:13
Remaining Lease Time : 0d 23:59:47
Remaining SessionTime: N/A
Persistence Key      : N/A
Sub-Ident            : "host-1"
Sub-Profile-String   : "no-prof"
SLA-Profile-String   : "no-prof"
App-Profile-String   : ""
Lease ANCP-String    : ""
Lease Int Dest Id    : ""
Category-Map-Name    : ""
Dhcp6 ClientId (DUID): 00030001000010101212
Dhcp6 IAID           : 0
Dhcp6 IAID Type      : non-temporary
Dhcp6 Client Ip      : fe80:db8:200:10ff:fe10:1212
Primary-Dns          : N/A
Secondary-Dns        : N/A
Pool Name            : ""
Dhcp6 Server Addr    : ::10
Dhcp6 ServerId (DUID): 00030001d854ff000000
Dhcp6 InterfaceId    : test
Dhcp6 RemoteId       : N/A
Radius sub-if prefix : N/A
Router adv. policy   : ra-policy-01
Lease Info origin    : DHCP
ServerLeaseStart     : 02/13/2017 22:04:24
ServerLastRenew      : 02/13/2017 22:04:24
ServerLeaseEnd       : 02/14/2017 22:04:24
Session-Timeout      : N/A
IPoE|PPP session     : No
Radius User-Name     : "00:00:10:10:12:12"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of lease states : 1
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-A#show service id 13 dhcp6 lease-state router-advertisement-policy ra-policy-01
===============================================================================
DHCP lease state table, service 13
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap/Sdp Id          Remaining  Lease    MC
                                                     LeaseTime  Origin   Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2013:bad:beaf::1/128
                00:00:00:00:00:13 1/1/1:13            23h47m34s  DHCP      
2013:bad:beaf::2/128
                00:00:00:00:00:14 1/1/1:13            23h52m36s  DHCP      
2013:bad:beaf::3/128
                00:00:00:00:00:15 1/1/1:13            23h54m17s  DHCP      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of lease states : 3
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-A# 

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [[sap sap-id] | [sdp sdp-id:vc-id] | [interface interface-name]]
Context 
show>service>id>dhcp
Description 

This command displays DHCP relay statistics.

Parameters 
ip-int-name
Displays DHCP statistics on the specified interface.
interface-name
Displays DHCP statistics for the specified interface name.
sap-id
Displays DHCP statistics for the specified SAP.
Output 

The following output is an example of DHCP statistics information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 88 dhcp statistics interface SpokeTerm
===================================================================
DHCP Statistics for interface SpokeTerm
===================================================================
Rx Packets                           : 0
Tx Packets                           : 0
Rx Malformed Packets                 : 0
Rx Untrusted Packets                 : 0
Client Packets Discarded             : 0
Client Packets Relayed               : 0
Client Packets Snooped               : 0
Client Packets Proxied (RADIUS)      : 0
Client Packets Proxied (Lease-Split) : 0
Server Packets Discarded             : 0
Server Packets Relayed               : 0
Server Packets Snooped               : 0
DHCP RELEASEs Spoofed                : 0
DHCP FORCERENEWs Spoofed             : 0
===================================================================
*A:ALA-48#

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [interface interface-name]
Context 
show>service>id>dhcp6
Description 

This command displays DHCP relay statistics.

Parameters 
interface-name —
Displays statistics for the specified interface name.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [interface ip-int-name | ip-address]
Context 
show>router>dhcp
Description 

This command displays statistics for DHCP relay and DHCP snooping. If no IP address or interface name is specified, then all configured interfaces are displayed. If an IP address or interface name is specified, then only data regarding the specified interface is displayed.

Parameters 
ip-int-name | ip-address—
Displays statistics for the specified IP interface or IP address.
Output 

The following output is an example of DHCP statistics.

Sample Output
A:SUB-Dut-A# show router 1000 dhcp statistics
==================================================================
DHCP Global Statistics (Service: 1000) 
===================================================================
Rx Packets                           : 16000                      
Tx Packets                           : 15041                      
Rx Malformed Packets                 : 0                          
Rx Untrusted Packets                 : 0                          
Client Packets Discarded             : 423                        
Client Packets Relayed               : 0                          
Client Packets Snooped               : 0                          
*Client Packets Proxied (RADIUS)     : 0                          
Client Packets Proxied (Lease-Split) : 0   *                      
Server Packets Discarded             : 0                          
Server Packets Relayed               : 0                          
Server Packets Snooped               : 0                          
*DHCP RELEASEs Spoofed               : 0                          
DHCP FORCERENEWs Spoofed             : 0   *                       
===================================================================
A:SUB-Dut-A#

The following table describes the output fields for DHCP statistics.

Table 17:  Show DHCP Statistics Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Received Packets

The number of packets received from the DHCP clients.

Transmitted Packets

The number of packets transmitted to the DHCP clients.

Received Malformed Packets

The number of malformed packets received from the DHCP clients.

Received Untrusted Packets

The number of untrusted packets received from the DHCP clients.

Client Packets Discarded

The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were discarded.

Client Packets Relayed

The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were forwarded.

Client Packets Snooped

The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were snooped.

Server Packets Discarded

The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were discarded.

Server Packets Relayed

The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were forwarded.

Server Packets Snooped

The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were snooped.

Client packets proxied (RADIUS)

The number of packets that were generated from RADIUS data and not relayed from a server

Client packets proxied (Lease-Split)

Indicates the total number of client packets proxied by the DHCP relay agent based on data received from a RADIUS server

DHCP RELEASEs spoofed

Indicates the total number of DHCP release messages spoofed by the DHCP relay agent to the DHCP server.

DHCP FORCERENEWs spoofed

The number of DHCP force-renew packets sent to DHCP clients.

summary

Syntax 
summary [interface interface-name | saps]
summary
summary interface interface-name
summary saps
Context 
show>service>id>dhcp
show>service>id>dhcp6
Description 

This command displays DHCP or DHCP6 configuration summary information.

Parameters 
interface-name
Displays summary information for the specified existing interface.
saps —
Displays summary information for SAPs per interface.
Output 

The following output is an example of a summary of DHCP information.

Sample Output
IES:
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id>dhcp# summary 
===========================================================
DHCP Summary, service 700
===========================================================
Sap/Sdp                Snoop  Used/       Info     Admin
                              Provided    Option   State
-----------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/9:0            No     0/0         Keep     Down
sap:1/1/25:0           No     0/0         Keep     Down
sdp:8:700              No     N/A         N/A      N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------
Number of Entries : 3
-----------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id>dhcp#
 
 
VPLS:
*A:ALA-49>show>service# id 700 dhcp summary
=======================================================================
DHCP Summary, service 700
=======================================================================
Sap/Sdp                Snoop  Used/       Arp Reply   Info     Admin
                              Provided    Agent       Option   State
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/9:0            No     0/0         No          Keep     Down
sdp:2:222              No     N/A         N/A         N/A      N/A
sdp:2:700              No     N/A         N/A         N/A      N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Entries : 3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-49>show>service#
 

The following example is for the 7750 SR:

VPRN:
*A:ALA-49>show>service# id 1 dhcp summary
===============================================================================
DHCP Summary, service 1
===============================================================================
Interface Name                   Arp      Used/                 Info    Admin
  SapId/Sdp                      Populate Provided              Option  State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SpokeSDP                         No       0/0                   Keep    Down
  sdp:spoke-3:4                           0/0
test                             No       0/0                   Keep    Down
  sap:9/1/4:50/5                          0/0
to-ce1                           No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sap:1/1/10:1                            0/0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 3
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-49>show>service#
 
*A:ALA-48# show service id 88 dhcp summary saps
===============================================================================
DHCP Summary, service 88
===============================================================================
Interface Name                   Arp      Used/                 Info    Admin
  SapId/Sdp                      Populate Provided              Option  State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SpokeTerm                        No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sdp:spoke-3:3                           0/0
new-if                           No       0/1                   Keep    Up
  sap:1/2/19:0                            0/1
test123                          No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sap:3/2/4:50/5                          0/0
testabc                          No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sap:1/2/20:0                            0/0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 4
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
 
 
*A:ALA-48# show service id 88 dhcp summary interface SpokeTerm
===============================================================================
DHCP Summary, service 88
===============================================================================
Interface Name                   Arp      Used/                 Info    Admin
  SapId/Sdp                      Populate Provided              Option  State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SpokeTerm                        No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sdp:spoke-3:3                           0/0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#

summary

Syntax 
summary
Context 
show>router>dhcp
Description 

Display the status of the DHCP Relay and DHCP Snooping functions on each interface.

Output 

The following output displays an example of DHCP summary information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>router>dhcp# summary
===================================================================
Interface Name                   Arp      Used/     Info    Admin
                                 Populate Provided  Option  State
-------------------------------------------------------------------
ccaiesif                         No       0/0       Keep    Down
ccanet6                          No       0/0       Keep    Down
iesBundle                        No       0/0       Keep    Up
spokeSDP-test                    No       0/0       Keep    Down
test                             No       0/0       Keep    Up
test1                            No       0/0       Keep    Up
test2                            No       0/0       Keep    Up
testA                            No       0/0       Keep    Up
testB                            No       0/0       Keep    Up
testIES                          No       0/0       Keep    Up
to-web                           No       0/0       Keep    Up
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 11
===================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>router>dhcp#

The following table describes the output fields for DHCP summary.

Table 18:  Show DHCP Summary Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Interface Name

Displays the name of the router interface.

ARP Populate

Indicates whether ARP populate is enabled.

Used/Provided

Indicates the number of used and provided DHCP leases.

Info Option

Indicates whether Option 82 processing is enabled on the interface.

Admin State

Indicates the administrative state.

fdb-info

Syntax 
fdb-info
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays global FDB usage information.

Output 

The following output is an example of service FDB information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service fdb-info
===============================================================================
Forwarding Database (FDB) Information
===============================================================================
Service Id        : 700                 Mac Move          : Disabled
Mac Move Rate     : 10                  Mac Move Timeout  : 10
Table Size        : 250                 Total Count       : 0
Learned Count     : 0                   Static Count      : 0
Remote Age        : 900                 Local Age         : 300
High WaterMark    : 95%                 Low Watermark     : 90%
Mac Aging         : Enabl               Relearn Only      : False
 
Service Id        : 725                 Mac Move          : Disabled
Mac Move Rate     : 10                  Mac Move Timeout  : 10
Table Size        : 250                 Total Count       : 0
Learned Count     : 0                   Static Count      : 0
Remote Age        : 900                 Local Age         : 300
High WaterMark    : 95%                 Low Watermark     : 90%
Mac Learning      : Enabl               Discard Unknown   : Dsabl
Mac Aging         : Enabl               Relearn Only      : False
 
Service Id        : 740                 Mac Move          : Disabled
Mac Move Rate     : 10                  Mac Move Timeout  : 10
Table Size        : 250                 Total Count       : 0
Learned Count     : 0                   Static Count      : 0
Remote Age        : 900                 Local Age         : 300
High WaterMark    : 95%                 Low Watermark     : 90%
Mac Learning      : Enabl               Discard Unknown   : Dsabl
Mac Aging         : Enabl               Relearn Only      : False
...
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Service FDBs : 7
Total FDB Configured Size : 1750
Total FDB Entries In Use  : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#

The following table describes show FDB-Info command output.

Table 19:  Show FDB-Info Command Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Service ID

Displays the service ID.

Mac Move

Indicates the administrative state of the MAC movement feature associated with the service.

Mac Move Rate

Displays the maximum rate at which MACs can be re-learned in this service, before the SAP where the moving MAC was last seen is automatically disabled in order to protect the system against undetected loops or duplicate MACs. The rate is computed as the maximum number of re-learns allowed in a 5 second interval: for example, the default rate of 10 re-learns per second corresponds to 50 re-learns in a 5 second period.

Mac Move Timeout

Displays the time in seconds to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum re-learn rate is re-enabled. A value of zero indicates that the SAP is not automatically re-enabled after being disabled. If after the SAP is re-enabled it is disabled again, the effective retry timeout is doubled in order to avoid thrashing.

Table Size

Displays the maximum number of learned and static entries allowed in the FDB.

Total Count

Displays the current number of entries (both learned and static) in the FDB.

Learned Count

Displays the current number of learned entries in the FDB.

Static Count

Displays the current number of static entries in the FDB.

Remote Age

Displays the number of seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on an SDP. These entries correspond to MAC addresses learned on remote SAPs.

Local Age

Displays the number of seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on local SAPs.

High WaterMark

Displays the utilization of the FDB table of this service at which a ‘table full’ alarm is raised by the agent.

Low WaterMark

Displays the utilization of the FDB table of this service at which a ‘table empty’ alarm is raised by the agent.

Mac Learning

Specifies whether the MAC learning process is enabled in this service.

Discard Unknown

Specifies whether frames received with an unknown destination MAC are discarded in this service.

MAC Aging

Specifies whether the MAC aging process is enabled in this service.

MAC Pinning

Specifies whether MAC Pinning is enabled in this service.

Relearn Only

When enabled, indicates that either the FDB table of this service is full or that the maximum system-wide number of MACs supported by the agent has been reached, and thus MAC learning is temporary disabled, and only MAC re-learns can take place.

Total Service FDBs

Displays the current number of service FDBs configured on this node.

Total FDB Size

Displays the sum of configured FDBs.

Total FDB Entries In Use

Displays the total number of entries (both learned and static) in use.

fdb-mac

Syntax 
fdb-mac ieee-address
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays the FDB entry for a given MAC address.

Parameters 
ieee-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for which to display the FDB entry in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
Output 

The following output is an example of service FDB MAC information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service fdb-mac 00:99:00:00:00:00
==============================================================================
Services Using Forwarding Database Mac 00:99:00:00:00:00                       
==============================================================================
ServId  MAC                           Source-Identifier         Type/Age Last Change            
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1       00:99:00:00:00:00             sap:1/2/7:0               Static           
==============================================================================
A:ALA-12#

The following table describes the show FDB MAC command output fields:

Table 20:  Show FDB-MAC Command Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Service ID

Displays the value that identifies a specific service.

MAC

Displays the specified MAC address.

Source-Identifier

Displays the location where the MAC is defined.

Type

Static — Displays the FDB entries created by management.

Learned — Displays the dynamic entries created by the learning process.

OAM — Displays the entries created by the OAM process.

ingress-label

Syntax 
ingress-label ingress-label1 [ingress-label2]
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays service information using the range of ingress labels.

If only the mandatory ingress-label1 parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.

If both ingress-label1 and ingress-label2 parameters are specified, the services using the range of labels X where ingress-label1 <= X <= ingress-label2 are displayed.

Use the show router vprn-service-id ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.

Parameters 
ingress-label1—
Displays the starting ingress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only ingress-label1 is specified, services only using ingress-label1 are displayed.
Values—
0, 2048 to 131071

 

ingress-label2—
Displays the ending ingress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Values—
2048 to 131071

 

Default—
The ingress-label1 value.
Output 

The following output is an example of service ingress label information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service ingress label 0
==============================================================================
Martini Service Labels                                                         
==============================================================================
Svc Id     Sdp Id             Type I.Lbl        E.Lbl                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          10:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          20:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          30:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          50:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          100:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          101:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          102:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          103:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          104:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          105:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          106:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          107:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          108:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          300:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          301:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          302:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          400:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          500:2              Spok 131070       2001                           
1          501:1              Mesh 131069       2000                           
100        300:100            Spok 0            0                              
200        301:200            Spok 0            0                              
300        302:300            Spok 0            0                              
400        400:400            Spok 0            0                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bindings Found : 23                                                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:ALA-12# 

The following table describes show service ingress label output fields.

Table 21:  Show Service Ingress Label Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Svc ID

Displays the value that identifies a specific service.

SDP Id

Displays the SDP identifier.

Type

Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh.

I.Lbl

Displays the ingress label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP.

E.Lbl

Displays the egress label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP.

Number of Bindings Found

Displays the number of SDP bindings within the label range specified.

sap-using

Syntax 
sap-using [sap sap-id]
sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
sap-using [ingress | egress] atm-td-profile td-profile-id
sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
sap-using [ingress | egress] qos-policy qos-policy-id
sap-using authentication-policy auth-plcy-name
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays SAP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all defined SAPs.

The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the specified properties.

Parameters 
ingress—
Specifies matching an ingress policy.
egress—
Specifies matching an egress policy.
qos-policy-id
Displays the ingress or egress QoS Policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

td-profile-id
Displays SAPs using this traffic description (applies only to the 7750 SR).
filter-id
Displays the ingress or egress filter policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

auth-plcy-name
Displays the session authentication policy for which to display matching SAPs.
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
interface—
Specifies matching SAPs with the specified IP interface.
ip-addr—
Displays the IP address of the interface for which to display matching SAPs.
Values—
1.0.0.0 to 223.255.255.255

 

ip-int-name—
Displays the IP interface name for which to display matching SAPs.
Output 

The following output is an example of service SAP information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service sap-using sap 1/1
==============================================================================
Service Access Points                                                          
==============================================================================
PortId         SvcId      SapMTU I.QoS I.Mac/IP E.QoS E.Mac/IP A.Pol  Adm  Opr 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/7:0        1          1518   10    8        10    none     none   Up   Up  
1/1/11:0       100        1514   1     none     1     none     none   Down Down
1/1/7:300      300        1518   10    none     10    none     1000   Up   Up  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SAPs : 3                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:ALA-12# 
 

The following example applies to the 7450 ESS:

 
ALA-1# show service sap-using authentication-policy dhcp-radius-plcy
===============================================================================
Service Access Point Using Authentication Policy dhcp-radius-plcy
===============================================================================
PortId                SvcId      I.QoS I.Fltr E.QoS E.Fltr Acc.Pol Adm  Opr
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/1                 1          1     none   1     none   none    Up   Down
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Saps : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:ALA-1#

The following table describes show service SAP output fields:

Table 22:  Show Service SAP Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Port ID

Displays the ID of the access port where the SAP is defined.

Svc ID

Displays the service identifier.

SapMTU

Displays the SAP MTU value.

I.QoS

Displays the SAP ingress QoS policy number specified on the ingress SAP.

I.MAC/IP

Displays the MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the ingress SAP.

E.QoS

Displays the SAP egress QoS policy number specified on the egress SAP.

E.Mac/IP

Displays the MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the egress SAP

A.Pol

Displays the accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Adm

Displays the administrative state of the SAP.

Opr

Displays the operational state of the SAP.

sdp

Syntax 
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays information for the SDPs associated with the service.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is displayed.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Displays only information for the specified SDP ID.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

Default—
All SDPs
ip-addr
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default—
SDPs with any far-end IP address.
detail—
Displays detailed SDP information.
Output 

The following output is an example of service SDP information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 700 sdp 2
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 2)
===============================================================================
SdpId            Type IP address      Adm     Opr       I.Lbl       E.Lbl
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2:222            Spok 10.10.10.104    Up      Down      0           0
2:700            Mesh 10.10.10.104    Up      Down      0           0
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#

The following table describes show service-id SDP output fields.

Table 23:  Show Service-ID SDP Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Sdp Id

Displays the SDP identifier.

Type

Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh.

Split Horizon Group

Displays the name of the split horizon group that the SAP belongs.

VC Type

Displays the VC type: ether, vlan, or vpls.

VC Tag

Displays the explicit dot1Q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end.

I. Lbl

Displays the VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP.

Admin Path MTU

Displays the operating path MTU of the SDP is equal to the admin path MTU (when one is set) or the dynamically computed tunnel MTU, when no admin path MTU is set (the default case.)

Oper Path MTU

Displays the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Far End

Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the GRE or MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP.

Delivery

Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: GRE or MPLS.

Admin State

Displays the administrative state of this SDP.

Oper State

Displays the current status of the KeepAlive protocol.

Ingress Label

Displays the label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP.

Egress Label

Displays the label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP.

Last Changed

Displays the date and time of the most recent change to the SDP.

Signaling

Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP.

Admin State

Displays the administrative state of the keepalive process.

Oper State

Displays the operational state of the keepalive process.

Hello Time

Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted.

Max Drop Count

Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault.

Hello Msg Len

Specifies the length of the transmitted SDP echo request messages.

Hold Down Time

Specifies the amount of time to wait before the keepalive operating status is eligible to enter the alive state.

I. Fwd. Pkts.

Specifies the number of forwarded ingress packets.

I. Dro. Pkts

Specifies the number of dropped ingress packets.

E. Fwd. Pkts.

Specifies the number of forwarded egress packets.

E. Fwd. Octets

Specifies the number of forwarded egress octets.

Associated LSP List

When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the far end field.

If the SDP type is GRE, then the following message displays:

SDP delivery mechanism is not MPLS

sdp-using

Syntax 
sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays services using SDP or far-end address options.

Parameters 
sdp-id
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Displays the virtual circuit identifier.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ip-address
Displays only services matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default—
Services with any far-end IP address
Output 

The following output is an example of services using specified SDP or far-end address information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-1# show service sdp-using 300
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 300)
===============================================================================
SvcId       SdpId               Type Far End        Opr State I.Label  E.Label
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1           300:1               Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131071   131071
2           300:2               Spok 10.0.0.13      Up        131070   131070
100         300:100             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131069   131069
101         300:101             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131068   131068
102         300:102             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131067   131067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 5
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1#

The following table describes sdp-using output fields.

Table 24:  Show Service SDP Using Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Svc ID

Displays the value identifying a service.

Sdp ID

Displays the SDP identifier.

Type

Displays the type of SDP: Spoke or Mesh.

Far End

Displays the far-end address of the SDP.

Oper State

Displays the operational state of the service.

Ingress Label

Displays the label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP.

Egress Label

Displays the label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by this SDP.

service-using

Syntax 
service-using [ies] [vpls] [vprn] [sdp sdp-id]
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays the services matching certain usage properties.

If no parameters are specified, all services defined on the system are displayed.

Parameters 
ies—
Displays matching IES instances.
vpls—
Displays matching VPLS instances.
vprn —
Displays matching VPRN instances (applies only to the 7750 SR).
sdp sdp-id
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

Default—
Services bound to any SDP ID
Output 

The following output is an example of service information of service types or SDPs.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>service# service-using vpls
==============================================================================
Services [vpls]
===============================================================================
ServiceId    Type      Adm    Opr        CustomerId        Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
700          VPLS      Up     Down       7                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
725          VPLS      Down   Down       7                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
740          VPLS      Down   Down       1                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
750          VPLS      Down   Down       7                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
1730         VPLS      Down   Down       1730              04/11/2007 09:36:36
9000         VPLS      Up     Down       6                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
90001        VPLS      Up     Down       6                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 7
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service#

The following table describes show service-using output fields.

Table 25:  Show Service Service-Using Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Service Id

Displays the value that identifies a service.

Type

Displays the service type configured for the service ID.

Adm

Displays the administrative state of the service.

Opr

Displays the operational state of the service.

CustomerID

Displays the value that identifies a specific customer.

Last Mgmt Change

Displays the date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this service.

radius-acct

Syntax 
radius-acct
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers>hierarchy
Description 

This command provides information about subscriber RADIUS accounting sessions including: the accounting policy name, the accounting mode, the interim intervals, the accounting session ID, and the multi-session ID. If there are no RADIUS accounting sessions enabled for subscribers, this command still shows the session ID that can be used by CoA.

PD hosts modeled as routes are not considered hosts, and therefore, are not shown in the output of this command.

This command only shows a numeric RADIUS session ID even if the RADIUS accounting policy is configured using the descriptive format.

Output 

The following output is an example of subscriber RADIUS accounting session information.

Sample Output
A:BNG # show  service active-subscribers hierarchy radius-acct
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers Hierarchy (accounting information)
===============================================================================
-- home-1 (sub-prof-1)
   |   Acct-policy       : host-01
   |       Mode          : Queue Instance (Start/Stop), Host (Interim)
   |       Cfg. Interval : 5 min
   |
   +-- sap:1/1/20:841 - sla:sla-prof-1
       |   |
       |   +-- Queue Instance Acct - host-01
       |       session-id          : D854FF0000001E57507405
       |       multi-session-id    : D854FF0000001E57507405
       |
       +-- IPOE-Session - mac:00:00:10:10:12:12
           |   |
           |   +-- no radius acct
           |       session-id      : D854FF0000001C57507405
           |
           |-- 192.168.0.15
           |   |
           |   +-- Host Acct - host-01
           |       session-id      : D854FF000019C65750858C
           |       multi-session-id: D854FF0000001E57507405
           |
           +-- 2001:1000::1/128
               |
               +-- Host Acct - host-01
                   session-id      : D854FF0000001D57507405
                   multi-session-id: D854FF0000001E57507405

pcc-rule

Syntax 
pcc rule [subscriber sub-ident-string]
Context 
show>service>active-subscribers
Description 

This command specifies the pcc-rule.

Parameters 
sub-ident-string—
Specifies the sub-ident-string up to 32 character.

all

Syntax 
all
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.

Output 

Show All Service-ID Output

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service id 9000 all
===============================================================================
Service Detailed Information
===============================================================================
Service Id        : 9000                Vpn Id            : 0
Service Type      : VPLS
Description       : This is a distributed VPLS.
Customer Id       : 6                   Last Mgmt Change  : 01/18/2007 10:31:58
Adm               : Up                  Oper              : Down
MTU               : 1514                Def. Mesh VC Id   : 750
SAP Count         : 1                   SDP Bind Count    : 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Split Horizon Group specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Split Horizon Group : splitgroup1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description       : Split horizon group 1
Instance Id       : 1                   Last Changed      : 01/18/2007 10:31:58
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Destination Points(SDPs)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 2:22  -(10.10.10.104)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : GRE-10.10.10.104
SDP Id             : 2:22                     Type              : Spoke
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 0
Far End            : 10.10.10.104             Delivery          : GRE
Flags              : SdpOperDown
                     NoIngVCLabel NoEgrVCLabel
                     PathMTUTooSmall
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Ingress Label      : 0                        Egress Label      : 0
Ingress Filter     : n/a                      Egress Filter     : n/a
Last Changed       : 01/18/2007 10:31:58      Signaling         : TLDP
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
SDP Delivery Mechanism is not MPLS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rstp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Blockable
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity  : Down
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Discarding
Port Number        : 2049                     Port Priority     : 128
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0
Active Protocol    : N/A
 
Fwd Transitions    : 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Sdp Id 5:750  -(128.251.10.49)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SDP Id             : 5:750                    Type              : Mesh
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 0
Far End            : 128.251.10.49            Delivery          : GRE
Flags              : SdpOperDown
                     NoIngVCLabel NoEgrVCLabel
                     PathMTUTooSmall
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Ingress Label      : 0                        Egress Label      : 0
Ingress Filter     : n/a                      Egress Filter     : n/a
Last Changed       : 01/18/2007 10:31:58      Signaling         : TLDP
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
SDP Delivery Mechanism is not MPLS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Sdp Id 7:750  -(10.10.10.106)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : to-MPLS-10.10.10.49
SDP Id             : 7:750                    Type              : Mesh
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 0
Far End            : 10.10.10.106             Delivery          : MPLS
Flags              : SdpOperDown
                     NoIngVCLabel NoEgrVCLabel
                     PathMTUTooSmall
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Ingress Label      : 0                        Egress Label      : 0
Ingress Filter     : n/a                      Egress Filter     : n/a
Last Changed       : 01/18/2007 10:31:58      Signaling         : TLDP
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name           : to-49
Admin State        : Down                     Oper State        : Down
Time Since Last Tr*: 02h01m08s
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP 1/2/5:0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id         : 9000
SAP                : 1/2/5:0                  Encap             : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype    : 0x8100                   QinQ Ethertype    : 0x8100
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Flags              : PortOperDown
Last Status Change : 04/11/2007 15:56:40                                       
Last Mgmt Change   : 04/11/2007 17:24:54                                       
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit                 Total MAC Addr    : 0            
Learned MAC Addr   : 0                        Static MAC Addr   : 0 
Admin MTU          : 1518                     Oper MTU          : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 1                        Egress qos-policy : 1
Ingress Filter-Id  : n/a                      Egress Filter-Id  : n/a
ARP Reply Agent    : Enabled 
Mac Learning       : Enabled                  Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled     
Mac Aging          : Enabled                                                   
Mac Pinning        : Enabled 
 
Multi Svc Site     : None
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rstp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Blockable
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity  : Down
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Discarding
Port Number        : 2048                     Port Priority     : 128
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0
Active Protocol    : N/A
 
Forward transitions: 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Forwarding Engine Stats
Dropped               : 0                       0
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LowPrio          : 0                       0
Off. Uncolor          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Ingress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LowPrio          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Egress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Queue stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Ingress Queue 1 (Unicast) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Ingress Queue 11 (Multipoint) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 1
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS Rapid Spanning Tree Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS oper state    : Down                     Core Connectivity : Down
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Mode               : Rstp                     Vcp Active Prot.  : N/A
 
Bridge Id          : 80:01.14:30:ff:00:00:01  Bridge Instance Id: 1
Bridge Priority    : 32768                    Tx Hold Count     : 6
Topology Change    : Inactive                 Bridge Hello Time : 2
Last Top. Change   : 0d 00:00:00              Bridge Max Age    : 20
Top. Change Count  : 0                        Bridge Fwd Delay  : 15
 
Root Bridge        : N/A
Primary Bridge     : N/A
 
Root Path Cost     : 0                        Root Forward Delay: 15
Rcvd Hello Time    : 2                        Root Max Age      : 20
Root Priority      : 32769                    Root Port         : N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forwarding Database specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id        : 9000                Mac Move          : Disabled
Mac Move Rate     : 10                  Mac Move Timeout  : 10
Table Size        : 250                 Total Count       : 0
Learned Count     : 0                   Static Count      : 0
Remote Age        : 900                 Local Age         : 300
High WaterMark    : 95%                 Low Watermark     : 90%
Mac Learning      : Enabl               Discard Unknown   : Dsabl
Mac Aging         : Enabl
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#

The following table describes the show all service-id command output fields:

Table 26:  Show All Service-ID Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Service Id

Displays the value that identifies a service.

VPN Id

Displays the number that identifies the VPN.

Service Type

Specifies the type of service.

SDP Id

Displays the SDP identifier.

Description

Displays the text string describing general information about the service.

Customer Id

Displays the customer identifier.

Last Mgmt Change

Displays the date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this customer.

SAP Count

Displays the number of SAPs specified for this service.

SDP Bind Count

Displays the number of SDPs bound to this service.

Split Horizon Group

Displays the name of the split horizon group for this service.

Description

Displays the text string describing the split horizon group.

Last Changed

Displays the date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this split horizon group.

SDP Id

Displays the SDP identifier.

Type

Indicates whether this Service SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh.

Admin Path MTU

Displays the desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Oper Path MTU

Displays the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Delivery

Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: GRE or MPLS.

Admin State

Displays the administrative state of this SDP.

Oper State

Displays the operational status of the KeepAlive protocol.

Ingress Label

Displays the label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP.

Egress Label

Displays the label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by this SDP.

Ingress Filter

Displays the ID of the ingress filter policy.

Egress Filter

Displays the ID of the egress filter policy.

Far End

Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the GRE or MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP.

Last Changed

Displays the date and time of the most recent change to this customer.

Signaling

Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP.

Admin State

Specifies the operating status of the SDP.

Oper State

Displays the operational state of the SDP.

Hello Time

Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP.

Hello Msg Len

Specifies the length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP.

Max Drop Count

Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault.

Hold Down Time

Specifies the amount of time to wait before the keepalive operating status is eligible to enter the alive state.

SDP Delivery Mechanism

When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the Far End field.

If the SDP type is GRE, then the following message displays:

SDP Delivery Mechanism is not MPLS

Number of SDPs

Displays the total number SDPs applied to this service ID.

Service Access Points

Service Id

Displays the value that identifies a service.

Port Id

Displays the ID of the access port where this SAP is defined.

Description

Displays the generic information about the SAP.

Encap Value

Displays the value of the label used to identify this SAP on the access port.

Admin State

Displays the desired state of the SAP.

Oper State

Displays the operating state of the SAP.

Last Changed

Displays the date and time of the last change.

Admin MTU

Displays the desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Oper MTU

Displays the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Ingress qos-policy

Displays the SAP ingress QoS policy ID.

Egress qos-policy

Displays the SAP egress QoS policy ID.

Ingress Filter-Id

Displays the SAP ingress filter policy ID.

Egress Filter-Id

Displays the SAP egress filter policy ID.

Multi Svc Site

Displays the multi-service site in which the SAP is a member.

Ingress sched-policy

Displays the ingress QoS scheduler for the SAP.

Egress sched-policy

Displays the egress QoS scheduler for the SAP.

Acct. Pol

Displays the accounting policy applied to the SAP.

Collect Stats

Specifies whether accounting statistics are collected on the SAP.

Dropped

Displays the number of packets or octets dropped.

Offered Hi Priority

Displays the number of high priority packets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy.

Offered Low Priority

Displays the number of low priority packets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy.

Forwarded In Profile

Displays the number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

Forwarded Out Profile

Displays the number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

Dropped In Profile

Displays the number of in-profile packets or octets discarded.

Dropped Out Profile

Displays the number of out-of-profile packets or octets discarded.

Forwarded In Profile

Displays the number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

Forwarded Out Profile

Displays the number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

Ingress Queue 1

Displays the index of the ingress QoS queue of this SAP.

High priority offered

Displays the packets or octets count of the high priority traffic for the SAP.

High priority dropped

Displays the number of high priority traffic packets/octets dropped.

Low priority offered

Displays the packets or octets count of the low priority traffic.

Low priority dropped

Displays the number of low priority traffic packets/octets dropped.

In profile forwarded

Displays the number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

Out profile forwarded

Displays the number of out-of-profile octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

Egress Queue 1

Displays the index of the egress QoS queue of the SAP.

In profile forwarded

Displays the number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

In profile dropped

Displays the number of in-profile packets or octets dropped for the SAP.

Out profile forwarded

Displays the number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

Out profile dropped

Displays the number of out-of-profile packets or octets discarded.

State

Specifies whether DHCP relay is enabled on this SAP.

Info Option

Specifies whether Option 82 processing is enabled on this SAP.

Action

Specifies the Option 82 processing on this SAP or interface: keep, replace or drop.

Circuit ID

Specifies whether the If index is inserted in Circuit ID sub-option of Option 82.

Remote ID

Specifies whether the far-end MAC address is inserted in remote ID sub-option of Option 82

Managed by Service

Specifies the service-id of the management VPLS managing this SAP.

Managed by SAP

Specifies the sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this SAP.

Prune state

Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS.

Managed by Service

Specifies the service-id of the management VPLS managing this spoke SDP.

Managed by Spoke

Specifies the sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this spoke SDP.

Prune state

Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS.

arp-host

Syntax 
arp-host [wholesaler service-id] [sap sap-id | interface interface-name | ip-address ip-address[/mask] | mac ieee-address | {[port port-id] [no-inter-dest-id | inter-dest-id inter-dest-id]}] [detail]
arp-host statistics [sap sap-id | interface interface-name]
arp-host summary [interface interface-name]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays ARP host related information.

Output 

The following output is an example ARP host information for specified service IDs.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-C# show service id 2 arp-host 
===============================================================================
ARP host table, service 2
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap Id              Remaining           MC   
                                                      Time                Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
128.128.1.2     00:80:00:00:00:01 2/1/5:2             00h04m41s                
128.128.1.3     00:80:00:00:00:02 2/1/5:2             00h04m42s                
128.128.1.4     00:80:00:00:00:03 2/1/5:2             00h04m43s                
128.128.1.5     00:80:00:00:00:04 2/1/5:2             00h04m44s                
128.128.1.6     00:80:00:00:00:05 2/1/5:2             00h04m45s                
128.128.1.7     00:80:00:00:00:06 2/1/5:2             00h04m46s                
128.128.1.8     00:80:00:00:00:07 2/1/5:2             00h04m47s                
128.128.1.9     00:80:00:00:00:08 2/1/5:2             00h04m48s                
128.128.1.10    00:80:00:00:00:09 2/1/5:2             00h04m49s                
128.128.1.11    00:80:00:00:00:0a 2/1/5:2             00h04m50s                
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of ARP hosts : 10
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show service id 2 arp-host ip-address 128.128.1.2 detail 
===============================================================================
ARP hosts for service 2
===============================================================================
Service ID           : 2                                                       
IP Address           : 128.128.1.2
MAC Address          : 00:80:00:00:00:01                                       
SAP                  : 2/1/5:2                                                 
Remaining Time       : 00h04m58s                                               
 
Sub-Ident            : "alu_1_2"                                               
Sub-Profile-String   : ""                                                      
SLA-Profile-String   : ""                                                      
App-Profile-String   : ""                                                      
ARP host ANCP-String : ""
ARP host Int Dest Id : ""
 
RADIUS-User-Name     : "128.128.1.2"
 
Session Timeout (s)  : 301                                                     
Start Time           : 02/09/2009 16:35:07                                     
Last Auth            : 02/09/2009 16:36:34                                     
Last Refresh         : 02/09/2009 16:36:38                                     
Persistence Key      : N/A                                                     
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of ARP hosts : 1
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show service id 2 arp-host statistics                    
==============================================================================
ARP host statistics
==============================================================================
Num Active Hosts             : 20                                             
Received Triggers            : 70                                             
Ignored Triggers             : 10                                             
Ignored Triggers (overload)  : 0                                              
SHCV Checks Forced           : 0                                              
Hosts Created                : 20                                             
Hosts Updated                : 40                                             
Hosts Deleted                : 0                                              
Authentication Requests Sent : 40                                             
==============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show service id 2 arp-host summary    
=============================================================
ARP host Summary, service 2
=============================================================
Sap                    Used        Provided    Admin State                     
-------------------------------------------------------------
sap:2/1/5:2            20          8000        inService     
-------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SAPs : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------
=============================================================
*A:Dut-C#

fdb

Syntax 
fdb [sap sap-id] | [sdp sdp-id] | [mac ieee-address] | [detail]
Context 
show>service>id
show>service>fdb-mac
Description 

This command displays FDB entry for a given MAC address.

Parameters 
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition
sdp-id
Displays the SDP identifier
Values—
1 to 17407

 

ieee-address
Specifies to display information pertaining to the MAC address
detail—
Displays detailed information
Output 

The following output is an example of service FDB MAC information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id# fdb mac 
===============================================================================
Service Forwarding Database
===============================================================================
ServId    MAC               Source-Identifier     Type/Age  Last Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6         00:aa:00:00:00:00 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
6         00:aa:00:00:00:01 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
6         00:aa:00:00:00:02 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
6         00:aa:00:00:00:03 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
6         00:aa:00:00:00:04 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
10        12:12:12:12:12:12 sap:1/1/1:100         S         04/11/2007 
10:03:29
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id#

labels

Syntax 
labels
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays the labels being used by the service.

Output 

The following output is an example of service label information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service id 1 labels
============================================================================== 
Martini Service Labels                                                          
============================================================================== 
Svc Id     Sdp Id             Type I.Lbl        E.Lbl                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
1          10:1               Mesh 0            0                               
1          20:1               Mesh 0            0                               
1          30:1               Mesh 0            0                               
1          40:1               Mesh 130081       131061                          
1          60:1               Mesh 131019       131016                          
1          100:1              Mesh 0            0                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Number of Bound SDPs : 6                                                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
A:ALA-12#

The following table describes show service-id labels output fields:

Table 27:  Show Service-ID Labels Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Svc Id

Displays the service identifier.

Sdp Id

Displays the SDP identifier.

Type

Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh.

I. Lbl

Displays the VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP.

E. Lbl

Displays the VC label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP.

mfib

Syntax 
mfib brief
mfib [group grp-address]
mfib statistics [group grp-address]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays the multicast FIB on the VPLS service.

Parameters 
grp-ip-address
Displays the multicast FIB for a specific multicast group address.
statistics —
Displays statistics on the multicast FIB.
Output 

Show Output

The following table describes the command output fields:

Table 28:  Triple Play Mfib Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Source Address

Displays the IPv4 unicast source address.

Group Address

Displays the IPv4 multicast group address.

SAP/SDP ID

Indicates the SAP or SDP to which the corresponding multicast stream is forwarded or blocked.

Forwarding/Blocking

Indicates whether the corresponding multicast stream is blocked or forwarded.

Number of Entries

Displays the number of entries in the MFIB.

Forwarded Packets

Displays the number of multicast packets forwarded for the corresponding source or group.

Svc ID

Displays the service to which the corresponding multicast stream is forwarded or blocked. Local means that the multicast stream is forwarded or blocked to a SAP or SDP local to the service.

Sample Output

The following is an example for the 7450 ESS:

A:ALA-1>show>service>id # mfib
===============================================================================
Multicast FIB, Service 10
===============================================================================
Source Address  Group Address   Sap/Sdp Id             Svc Id     Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*               239.1.1.1       sap:1/1/1:10           Local      Fwd    
                                sap:1/1/2              20         Fwd    
                                sap:1/1/4:100          20         Fwd    
                                sap:1/1/4:200          20         Fwd    
*               239.1.1.2       sap:1/1/4:200          20         Fwd    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of entries: 2
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>
 

The following is an example for the 7750 SR:

A:ALA-1>show>service>id # mfib
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping MFIB for service 10
===============================================================================
Source Address  Group Address   Sap/Sdp Id             Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*               239.0.0.1       sap:2/1/5:1            Fwd
*               239.0.0.7       sap:2/1/5:7            Fwd 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of entries: 2
 
 
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mfib statistics 
===============================================================================
Multicast FIB Statistics, Service 1
===============================================================================
Source Address  Group Address       Matched Pkts          Matched Octets       
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*               *                   838                   50280                
10.11.0.0       239.0.0.0           8                     480                  
10.11.0.0       239.0.0.1           0                     0                    
*               * (MLD)             0                     0                    
*               33:33:00:00:00:01   2650                  159000               
*               33:33:00:00:00:02   0                     0                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of entries: 6
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 

mld-snooping

Syntax 
mld-snooping
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays MLD snooping information.

all

Syntax 
all
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays detailed information about MLD snooping.

Output 

The following output is an example of service MLD snooping information.

Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping all  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping info for service 1 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Base info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : Up                                                               
Querier     : FE80:db8:12 on SAP 2/1/5                                            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap/Sdp                  Oper    MRtr  Send      Max Num   MVR        Num      
Id                       State   Port  Queries   Groups    From-VPLS  Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/4                Up      No    Disabled  No Limit  Local      0        
sap:2/1/5                Up      Yes   Disabled  No Limit  Local      0        
sdp:31:1                 Up      No    Disabled  No Limit  N/A        0        
sdp:36:1                 Up      No    Disabled  No Limit  N/A        0        
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Querier info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Id                  : 2/1/5                                                
IP Address              : FE80:db8:12                                             
Expires                 : 11s                                                  
Up Time                 : 0d 00:05:05                                          
Version                 : 2                                                    
 
General Query Interval  : 10s                                                  
Query Response Interval : 1.0s                                                 
Robust Count            : 2                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Multicast Routers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter
                 Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE80::12
                 2/1/5                  0d 00:05:05    11s       2      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Proxy-reporting DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                 Mode     Up Time        Num Sources   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping SAP 1/1/4 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num   MC    
                                                                   Src   Stdby 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping SAP 2/1/5 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num   MC    
                                                                   Src   Stdby 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping SDP 31:1 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num Src     
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping SDP 36:1 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num Src     
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Static Source Groups      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Message Type            Received      Transmitted   Forwarded    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         43            0             129          
Group Queries           0             0             0            
Group-Source Queries    0             0             0            
V1 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Reports              4             35            0            
V1 Done                 0             0             0            
Unknown Type            0             N/A           0            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad MLD Checksum        : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0
Wrong Version           : 0           
Lcl-Scope Packets       : 0
Rsvd-Scope Packets      : 0
 
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
MCAC Policy Drops       : 0
MCS Failures            : 0
 
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 0
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops    : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Multicast VPLS Registration info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Admin State  : Up                                                 
 
MVR Admin State           : Down                                               
MVR Policy                : None                                               
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local SAPs/SDPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num Local
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          sap:1/1/4              Up        Local      0        
1          sap:2/1/5              Up        Local      0        
1          sdp:31:1               Up        N/A        0        
1          sdp:36:1               Up        N/A        0        
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MVR SAPs (from-vpls=1)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num MVR  
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No MVR SAPs found.
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 

base

Syntax 
base
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays basic MLD snooping information.

mrouters

Syntax 
mrouters [detail]
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays all multicast routers.

Output 

The following output is an example of service MLD snooping mrouter information.

Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping mrouters 
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Multicast Routers for service 1
===============================================================================
MRouter
                 Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE80::12
                 2/1/5                  0d 00:05:55    11s       2      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C#
 
 
*A:rbae_C#  show service id 1 mld-snooping mrouters detail  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Multicast Routers for service 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter FE80::12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Id                  : 2/1/5                                                
Expires                 : 18s                                                  
Up Time                 : 0d 00:06:28                                          
Version                 : 2                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1

mvr

Syntax 
mvr
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays multicast VPLS registration information.

port-db

Syntax 
port-db sap sap-id
port-db sap sap-id detail
port-db sap sap-id group grp-ipv6-address
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [detail]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-ipv6-address
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays MLD snooping information related to a specific SAP.

Output 

The following output is an example of MLD snooping information for a specific SAP.

Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping port-db sap 1/1/4         
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping SAP 1/1/4 Port-DB for service 1
===============================================================================
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num   MC    
                                                                   Src   Stdby 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF04::1
                include dynamic local      0d 00:00:19    0s       1           
FF04::2
                include dynamic local      0d 00:00:18    0s       1           
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
 
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping port-db sap 1/1/4 detail 
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping SAP 1/1/4 Port-DB for service 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Group FF04::1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mode             : include              Type             : dynamic             
Up Time          : 0d 00:00:33          Expires          : 0s                  
Compat Mode      : MLD Version 2                                               
V1 Host Expires  : 0s                                    :                     
MVR From-VPLS    : local                MVR To-SAP       : local               
MC Standby       : no                                                          
-------------------------------------------------------
Source Address
                Up Time      Expires  Type     Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------
2011::1
                0d 00:00:33  20s      dynamic  Fwd              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Group FF04::2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mode             : include              Type             : dynamic             
Up Time          : 0d 00:00:32          Expires          : 0s                  
Compat Mode      : MLD Version 2                                               
V1 Host Expires  : 0s                                    :                     
MVR From-VPLS    : local                MVR To-SAP       : local               
MC Standby       : no                                                          
-------------------------------------------------------
Source Address
                Up Time      Expires  Type     Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------
2011::1
                0d 00:00:33  20s      dynamic  Fwd              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 

proxy-db

Syntax 
proxy-db [detail]
proxy-db group grp-ipv6-address
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays proxy-reporting database entries.

Output 

The following output is an example of MLD snooping proxy database information.

Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping proxy-db  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 1
===============================================================================
Group Address
                 Mode     Up Time        Num Sources   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF04:db8:1
                 include  0d 00:01:01    1             
FF04:db8:2
                 include  0d 00:01:00    1             
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
 
 
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping proxy-db detail  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Group FF04::1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:01:03                   Mode : include                         
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Address                                                 Up Time
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011:db8:1                                                        0d 00:01:03
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Group FF04:db8:2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:01:02                   Mode : include                         
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Address                                                 Up Time
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011:db8:1                                                        0d 00:01:02
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 

querier

Syntax 
querier
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays information about the current querier.

Output 

The following output is an example of service MLD snooping querier information.

Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping querier   
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Querier info for service 1
===============================================================================
Sap Id                  : 2/1/5                                                
IP Address              : FE80:db8:12                                             
Expires                 : 11s                                                  
Up Time                 : 0d 00:13:35                                          
Version                 : 2                                                    
 
General Query Interval  : 10s                                                  
Query Response Interval : 1.0s                                                 
Robust Count            : 2                                                    
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
 

static

Syntax 
static [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays MLD snooping static group membership data.

Output 

The following output is an example of MLD snooping static group membership information.

Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping static  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Static Source Groups for service 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Static Source Groups for SDP 36:1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source                                                                         
                Group                                                          
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011:db8:1
                FF04:db8:2                                                        
*
                FF04:db8:3                                                        
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static (*,G)/(S,G) entries: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context 
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command displays MLD snooping statistics.

Output 

The following output is an example of MLD snooping statistics information.

Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping statistics  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Statistics for service 1
===============================================================================
Message Type            Received      Transmitted   Forwarded    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         109           0             327          
Group Queries           0             0             0            
Group-Source Queries    0             0             0            
V1 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Reports              438           87            0            
V1 Done                 0             0             0            
Unknown Type            0             N/A           0            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad MLD Checksum        : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0
Wrong Version           : 0
Lcl-Scope Packets       : 0           
Rsvd-Scope Packets      : 0
 
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
MCAC Policy Drops       : 0
MCS Failures            : 0
 
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 0
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops    : 0
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 

mstp-configuration

Syntax 
mstp-configuration
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays the MSTP specific configuration data. This command is only valid on a management VPLS.

sap

Syntax 
sap sap-id [detail]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays information for the SAPs associated with the service.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs is displayed.

Parameters 
sap-id—
The ID that displays SAP information.
detail—
Displays detailed information for the SAP.
Output 

The following output is an example of service ID SAP information.

Sample Output
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit                 Total MAC Addr    : 0
Learned MAC Addr   : 0                        Static MAC Addr   : 0
Admin MTU          : 1518                     Oper MTU          : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 1                        Egress qos-policy : 1
Ingress Filter-Id  : n/a                      Egress Filter-Id  : n/a
Mac Learning       : Enabled                  Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging          : Enabled
 
Multi Svc Site     : West
E. Sched Pol       : SLA1
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id#
 
 
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id# sap 1/1/7:0 detail
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id         : 750
SAP                : 1/1/7:0                  Encap             : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype    : 0x8100                   QinQ Ethertype    : 0x8100
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Flags              : PortOperDown
Last Status Change : 04/09/2007 09:23:26
Last Mgmt Change   : 04/09/2007 09:23:28
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit                 Total MAC Addr    : 0
Learned MAC Addr   : 0                        Static MAC Addr   : 0
Admin MTU          : 1518                     Oper MTU          : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 100                      Egress qos-policy : 1
Shared Q plcy      : default                  Multipoint shared : Enabled
Ingr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a                      Egr IP Fltr-Id    : 10
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a                      Egr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a                      Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a
                                              qinq-pbit-marking : both
ARP Reply Agent    : Enabled                  Host Conn Verify  : Enabled
Mac Learning       : Enabled                  Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging          : Enabled                  Mac Pinning       : Disabled
L2PT Termination   : Disabled                 BPDU Translation  : Disabled
 
Multi Svc Site     : None
I. Sched Pol       : SLA1
E. Sched Pol       : SLA1
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
 
Anti Spoofing      : None                     Nbr Static Hosts  : 1
MCAC Policy Name   :                          MCAC Const Adm St : Enable
MCAC Max Unconst BW: no limit                 MCAC Max Mand BW  : no limit
MCAC In use Mand BW: 0                        MCAC Avail Mand BW: unlimited
MCAC In use Opnl BW: 0                        MCAC Avail Opnl BW: unlimited
Auth Policy        : none
Egr MCast Grp      :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rstp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Blockable
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity  : Down
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Discarding
Port Number        : 2048                     Port Priority     : 128
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0
Active Protocol    : N/A
 
Forward transitions: 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Forwarding Engine Stats
Dropped               : 0                       0
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LowPrio          : 0                       0
Off. Uncolor          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Ingress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LowPrio          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Egress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Queue stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
 
Ingress Queue 1 (Unicast) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Ingress Queue 11 (Multipoint) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 1
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id#

The following table describes show service SAP fields:

Table 29:  Show Service-ID SAP Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Service Id

Displays the service identifier.

SAP

Displays the SAP and qtag.

Encap

Displays the encapsulation type of the SAP.

Ethertype

Displays the Ethernet type II Ethertype value.

Admin State

Displays the administrative state of the SAP.

Oper State

Displays the operational state of the SAP.

Flags

Displays the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP.

Last Status Change

Displays the time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP

Last Mgmt Change

Displays the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SAP.

Admin MTU

Displays the desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Oper MTU

Displays the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Ingress qos-policy

Displays the ingress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Egress qos-policy

Displays the egress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Ingress Filter-Id

Displays the ingress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Egress Filter-Id

Displays the egress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Acct. Pol

Displays the accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Collect Stats

Displays whether collect stats is enabled.

Dropped

Displays the number of packets and octets dropped due to SAP state, ingress MAC or IP filter, same segment discard, bad checksum, and so on.

Off. HiPrio

Displays the number of high priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip.

Off. LowPrio

Displays the number of low priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip.

Off. Uncolor

Displays the number of uncolored packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip.

Dro. HiPrio

Displays the number of high priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, dropped by the Qchip due to: MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

Dro. LowPrio

Displays the number of low priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, dropped by the Qchip due to: MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

Dro. InProf

Displays the number of in-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip due to MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

Dro. OutProf

Displays the number of out-of-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip due to MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

For. InProf

Displays the number of in-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR) forwarded by the egress Qchip.

For. OutProf

Displays the number of out-of-profile packets and octets (rate above CIR) forwarded by the egress Qchip.

sdp

Syntax 
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays information for the SDPs associated with the service.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is displayed.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Displays the information for the specified SDP ID.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

Default—
All SDPs
ip-addr
Displays the SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default—
SDPs with any far-end IP address
detail—
Displays detailed SDP information.
Output 

The following output is an example of service SDP information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12#  show service id 9000 sdp 2:22 detail
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 2:22) Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Sdp Id 2:22  -(10.10.10.103)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : GRE-10.10.10.103
SDP Id             : 2:22                     Type              : Spoke
Split Horiz Grp : (DSL-group1
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 4462                     Oper Path MTU     : 4462
Far End            : 10.10.10.103             Delivery          : GRE
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : TLDP Down
Ingress Label      : 0                        Egress Label      : 0
Ingress Filter     : n/a                      Egress Filter     : n/a
Last Changed       : 04/11/2007 11:48:20      Signaling         : TLDP
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
SDP Delivery Mechanism is not MPLS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rstp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Disabled
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity  : Down
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Discarding
Port Number        : 2049                     Port Priority     : 128
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0
Active Protocol    : N/A
 
Fwd Transitions    : 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 1
===============================================================================
A:ALA-12#

The following table describes show service-id SDP output fields:

Table 30:  Show Service-ID SDP Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Sdp Id

Displays the SDP identifier.

Type

Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh.

Split Horizon Group

Displays the name of the split horizon group that the SAP belongs to.

VC Type

Displays the VC type: ether, vlan, or vpls.

VC Tag

Displays the explicit dot1Q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end.

I. Lbl

Displays the VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP.

Admin Path MTU

Displays the operating path MTU of the SDP is equal to the admin path MTU (when one is set) or the dynamically computed tunnel MTU, when no admin path MTU is set (the default case.)

Oper Path MTU

Displays the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Far End

Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the GRE or MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP.

Delivery

Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: GRE or MPLS.

Admin State

Displays the administrative state of this SDP.

Oper State

Displays the current status of the SDP.

Ingress Label

Displays the label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP.

gsmp

Syntax 
gsmp
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This enables the command to display GSMP information.

neighbors

Syntax 
neighbors group [name] [ip-address]
Context 
show>service>id>gsmp
Description 

This command display GSMP neighbor information.

Parameters 
group—
A GSMP group defines a set of GSMP neighbors which have the same properties.
name—
Specifies a GSMP group name is unique only within the scope of the service in which it is defined.
ip-address—
Specifies the ip-address of the neighbor.
Output 

The following output displays an example of service GSMP neighbor information.

Sample Output

These commands show the configured neighbors per service, regardless that there exists an open TCP connection with this neighbor. The admin state is shown because for a neighbor to be admin enabled, the service, gsmp node, group node and the neighbor node in this service must all be in the no shutdown state. Session gives the number of session (open TCP connections) for each configured neighbor.

A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# neighbors
============================================================================
GSMP neighbors
============================================================================
Group                           Neighbor           AdminState  Sessions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dslam1                          192.168.1.2       Enabled     0
dslam1                          192.168.1.3       Enabled     0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of neighbors shown: 2
============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# 
 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# neighbors group dslam1
============================================================================
GSMP neighbors
============================================================================
Group                           Neighbor           AdminState  Sessions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dslam1                          192.168.1.2       Enabled     0
dslam1                          192.168.1.3       Enabled     0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of neighbors shown: 2
============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp#
 
 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# neighbors group dslam1 192.168.1.2
============================================================================
GSMP neighbors
============================================================================
Group                           Neighbor           AdminState  Sessions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dslam1                          192.168.1.2       Enabled     0
============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp#

The following table describes show service-id gsmp neighbors group output fields:

Table 31:  Show Service-ID GSMP Neighbors Group Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Group

Displays the group name.

Neighbor

Displays the neighbor IP address.

AdminState

Displays the administrative state of the neighbor.

Sessions

Displays the number of sessions (open TCP connections) for each configured neighbor.

sessions

Syntax 
sessions [group name] neighbor ip-address] [port port-number] [association] [statistics]
Context 
show>service>id>gsmp
Description 

This command displays GSMP sessions information.

Parameters 
group—
A GSMP group defines a set of GSMP neighbors which have the same properties.
name—
Specifies a GSMP group name is unique only within the scope of the service in which it is defined.
ip-address—
Specifies the ip-address of the neighbor.
port—
Specifies the neighbor TCP port number use for this ANCP session.
Values—
0 to 65535

 

association—
Displays to what object the ANCP-string is associated.
statistics—
Displays statistics information about an ANCP session known to the system.
Output 

The following output displays GSMP sessions information.

Sample Output

This show command gives information about the open TCP connections with DSLAMs.

A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions
=======================================================
GSMP sessions for service 999 (VPRN)
=======================================================
Port   Ngbr-IpAddr     Gsmp-Group
-------------------------------------------------------
40590  192.168.1.2     dslam1
-------------------------------------------------------
Number of GSMP sessions : 1
=======================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp#
 
 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions neighbor 192.168.1.2 port 40590
=========================================================================
GSMP sessions for service 999 (VPRN), neighbor 192.168.1.2, Port 40590
=========================================================================
State           : Established
Peer Instance   : 1                  Sender Instance : a3cf58
Peer Port       : 0                  Sender Port     : 0
Peer Name       : 12:12:12:12:12:12  Sender Name     : 00:00:00:00:00:00
timeouts        : 0                  Max. Timeouts   : 3
Peer Timer      : 100                Sender Timer    : 100
Capabilities      : DTD OAM
Conf Capabilities : DTD OAM
Priority Marking  : dscp nc2
Local Addr.       : 192.168.1.4
Conf Local Addr.  : N/A
=========================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions neighbor 192.168.1.2 port 40590 association
===============================================================================
ANCP-Strings
===============================================================================
ANCP-String                                                 Assoc. State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No ANCP-Strings found
===============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions neighbor 192.168.1.2 port 40590 statistics
===============================================================
GSMP session stats, service 999 (VPRN), neighbor 192.168.1.2, Port 40590
===============================================================
Event                                   Received  Transmitted
---------------------------------------------------------------
Dropped                                 0         0
Syn                                     1         1
Syn Ack                                 1         1
Ack                                     14        14
Rst Ack                                 0         0
Port Up                                 0         0
Port Down                               0         0
OAM Loopback                            0         0
===============================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# 
 

The following table describes service ID GSMP sessions output fields:

Table 32:  Show Service-ID GSMP Sessions Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Port

Displays the port ID number.

Ngbr-IpAddr

Displays the neighbor IP address.

Gsmp-Group

Displays the GSMP group ID.

State

The GSMP state of this TCP connection.

Peer Instance

Together with the peer port and peer name output, displays a unique GSMP ID for each end of the GSMP connection.

Peer Port

Together with the peer instance and peer name output, displays a unique GSMP ID for each end of the GSMP connection.

Peer Name

Together with the peer port and peer instance output, displays a unique GSMP ID for each end of the GSMP connection.

timeouts

Displays the number of successive timeouts for this session.

Peer Timer

Displays the GSMP keepalive timer.

Capabilities

Displays the ANCP capabilities negotiated for this session.

Conf Capabilities

Displays the ANCP capabilities configured for this session.

Priority Marking

Displays the priority marking configured for this session.

Local Addr

Displays the IP address used by the box's side of the TCP connection.

Conf. Local Addr.

Displays the configured IP address used by the box's side of the TCP connection.

Sender Instance

The instance sent to the neighbor in this session.

Sender Port

The port sent to the neighbor in this session.

Sender Name

The name sent to the neighbor in this session.

Max. Timeouts

The maximum number of successive timeouts configured for this session.

Sender Timer

Indicates the timeout value that is announced toward the neighbor. The neighbor uses this timeout value while waiting for an acknowledgment from this system.

Note:

The association command gives an overview of each ANCP string received from this session.

A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions neighbor 192.168.1.2 port 40590 association
===============================================================================
ANCP-Strings
===============================================================================
ANCP-String                                                     Assoc. 
State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7330-ISAM-E47 atm 1/1/01/01:19425.64048                         ANCP    Up
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of ANCP-Strings : 1
===============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp

interface

Syntax 
interface [{[ip-address | ip-int-name] [interface-type] [detail] [family]} | summary]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays service interface information.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Displays information for the specified IP address.
ip-int-name—
Displays information for the specified interface name.
detail—
Displays detailed interface information.
family
Specifies to display only information belonging to the address family IPv4 or IPv6. Only these two values are accepted.
summary—
Displays detailed interface information.
Output 

The following output displays an example of service interface information.

Sample Output
A:cses-E11>config>service>vprn# show service id 10 interface "gi-2-01" detail 
===============================================================================
Interface Table
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name      : gi-2-01
Sub If Name  : si-2                             
Red If Name  :                                  
Admin State  : Up                               Oper (v4/v6)     : Up/Down
Protocols    : None
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description  : (Not Specified)
If Index     : 6                                Virt. If Index   : 6
Last Oper Chg: 11/27/2012 13:19:28              Global If Index  : 380
Mon Oper Grp : None                             
Srrp En Rtng : Disabled                         Hold time        : N/A
Group Port   : 1/1/2
TOS Marking  : Trusted                          If Type          : VPRN Grp
SNTP B.Cast  : False                            
MAC Address  : d2:30:01:01:00:02                Mac Accounting   : Disabled
Ingress stats: Disabled                         
Arp Timeout  : 14400                            IPv6 Nbr ReachTi*: 30
IP Oper MTU  : 1500                             ICMP Mask Reply  : True
Arp Populate : Disabled                         Host Conn Verify : Disabled
Cflowd       : None                             
LdpSyncTimer : None                             
LSR Load Bal*: system                           
uRPF Chk     : disabled                         
uRPF Ipv6 Chk: disabled                         
Rx Pkts      : 0                                Rx Bytes         : 0
Rx V4 Pkts   : 0                                Rx V4 Bytes      : 0
Rx V6 Pkts   : 0                                Rx V6 Bytes      : 0
Tx Pkts      : 32                               Tx Bytes         : 3392
Tx V4 Pkts   : 32                               Tx V4 Bytes      : 3392
Tx V4 Discar*: 0                                Tx V4 Discard By*: 0
Tx V6 Pkts   : 0                                Tx V6 Bytes      : 0
Tx V6 Discar*: 0                                Tx V6 Discard By*: 0
 
Proxy ARP Details
Rem Proxy ARP: Disabled                         Local Proxy ARP  : Disabled
Policies     : none
 
Proxy Neighbor Discovery Details
Local Pxy ND : Disabled
Policies     : none
 
DHCP no local server
 
DHCP Details
Description  : (Not Specified)
Admin State  : Down                             Lease Populate   : 0
Gi-Addr      : Not configured                   Gi-Addr as Src Ip: Disabled
Action       : Keep                             Trusted          : Disabled
 
DHCP Proxy Details
Admin State  : Down
Lease Time   : N/A
Emul. Server : Not configured
 
Subscriber Authentication Details
Auth Policy  : None
 
DHCP6 Relay Details
Description  : (Not Specified)
Admin State  : Down                             Lease Populate   : 0
Oper State   : Down                             Nbr Resolution   : Disabled
If-Id Option : None                             Remote Id        : Disabled
Src Addr     : Not configured
 
DHCP6 Server Details
Admin State  : Down                             Max. Lease States: 8000
 
ISA Tunnel redundant next-hop information
Static Next-*:
Dynamic Next*:
 
ICMP Details
Redirects    : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
Unreachables : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
TTL Expired  : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
 
IPCP Address Extension Details
Peer IP Addr*: Not configured
Peer Pri DNS*: Not configured
Peer Sec DNS*: Not configured
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Qos Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Ing Qos Poli*: (none)                           Egr Qos Policy   : (none)
Ingress FP Q*: (none)                           Egress Port QGrp : (none)
Ing FP QGrp *: (none)                           Egr Port QGrp In*: (none)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces : 1
===============================================================================
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
A:cses-E11>config>service>vprn#
 

retailers

Syntax 
retailers
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays service retailer information.

Output 

The following output displays an example of service retailer information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 101 retailers
===============================================================================
Retailers for service 101
===============================================================================
Retailer Svc ID               Num Static Hosts         Num Dynamic Hosts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
102                           3                        1
105                           0                        1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of retailers : 2
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#

wholesalers

Syntax 
wholesalers
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays service wholesaler information.

Output 

The following output displays an example of service wholesaler information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 102 wholesalers
===============================================================================
Wholesalers for service 102
===============================================================================
Wholesaler Svc ID             Num Static Hosts         Num Dynamic Hosts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101                           3                        1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of wholesalers : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#
 

Wholesaler information can also be displayed in the lease-state context.

*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 105 dhcp lease-state  wholesaler 101
===============================================================================
DHCP lease state table, service 105
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap/Sdp Id          Remaining  Lease    MC
                                                      LifeTime   Origin   Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wholesaler 101 Leases
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3.2.62      00:00:1f:bd:00:c6 lag-1:105           00h00m39s  RADIUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of lease states : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#

split-horizon-group

Syntax 
split-horizon-group [group-name]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays service split horizon groups.

Parameters 
group-name—
Specifies a group name up to 32 characters.
Output 

The following output displays an example of service split horizon group information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-1# show service id 700 split-horizon-group
=============================================================================
Service: Split Horizon Group
=============================================================================
Name                             Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R DSL-group1                     Split horizon group for DSL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R = Residential Split Horizon Group 
No. of Split Horizon Groups: 1
=============================================================================
A:ALA-1# 
 
A:ALA-1# show service id 700 split-horizon-group DSL-group1
===============================================================================
Service: Split Horizon Group
===============================================================================
Name                             Description                                   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R DSL-group1                     Split horizon group for DSL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Associations
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP                              1/1/3:1                                       
 
SDP                              108:1                                         
SDP                              109:1 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R = Residential Split Horizon Group 
SAPs Associated : 1             SDPs Associated : 2     
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1# 

static-host

Syntax 
static-host [sap sap-id] [wholesaler service-id] [port port-id][inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id] [detail] [mac ieee-address] [ip-addressip-prefix[/prefix-length]]
static-host [sap sap-id ] [wholesaler service-id ] [port port-id] no-inter-dest-id [detail]
static-host summary
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays static hosts configured on this service.

Parameters 
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
intermediate-destination-id—
Specifies the intermediate destination identifier which is encoded in the identification strings up to 32 characters.
summary—
Displays summary static host information.
detail—
Displays detailed static host information.
service-id
The service ID of the wholesaler (applies only to the 7750 SR).
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

ieee-address
Specifies the MAC address.
ip-address ip-prefix[/prefix-length]—
Specifies the IP address.
Output 

The following output displays an example of service static host information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 88 static-host
===============================================================================
Static Hosts for service 88
===============================================================================
Sap                         IP Address      Configured MAC    Dynamic MAC
  Subscriber                                  Admin State       Fwding State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/2/20:0                    10.10.10.104    N/A               N/A
   N/A                                        Down              Not Fwding
3/2/4:50/5                  10.144.145.1    N/A               N/A
   N/A                                        Up                Fwding
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of static hosts : 2
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#

stp

Syntax 
stp [detail]
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

Displays information for the spanning tree protocol instance for the service.

Parameters 
detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output displays an example of service STP information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service id 1 stp
============================================================================== 
Spanning Tree Information                                                       
============================================================================== 
VPLS Spanning Tree Information                                                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RSTP Admin State  : Up                  RSTP Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Bridge-id         : 04:67:ff:00:00:01
                                                                                
Hold Timer        : 1                   Bridge fwd delay  : 15                  
Bridge Hello time : 1                   Bridge max age    : 20                  
Bridge priority   : 1                   Topology change   : Inactive            
Last Top. change  : 0d 00:00:00         Top. change count : 0                   
                                                                                
Root bridge-id    : 00:03:fa:00:00:00                                           
                                                                                
Root path cost    : 1                   Root forward delay: 15                  
Root hello time   : 1                   Root max age      : 20                  
Root priority     : 0                   Root port         : vcp                 
                                                                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Spanning Tree Specifics                                                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
SAP Identifier    : 1/1/7:0             RSTP State        : Down                
STP Port State    : Forwarding          BPDU encap        : dot1d               
Port Number       : 2048                Priority          : 128                 
Cost              : 10                  Fast Start        : Disabled            
Designated Port   : 34816               Designated Bridge : 02:fa:00:04:54:01   
============================================================================== 
A:ALA-12#
 

The following is an example for the 7450 ESS:

ALA-1# show service id 1 stp
===============================================================================
Inherited Rstp State (from mVPLS), Service 1
===============================================================================
Sap/Spoke Id       Oper-     Prune-  Port-       Managed by  Managed by
                   State     State   State       Service     Sap/spoke
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/1:2            Down      Pruned  Discarding  101         1/1/1:1
100:1              Up        Pruned  Discarding  100         100:100
===============================================================================
 

The following table describes show service-id STP output fields:

Table 33:  Show Service-ID STP Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

RSTP Admin State

Indicates the administrative state of the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this service.

Core Connectivity

Indicates the connectivity status to the core.

RSTP Oper State

Indicates the operational state of the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this service. This field is applicable only when STP is enabled on the router.

Bridge-id

Specifies the MAC address used to identify this bridge in the network.

Hold Time

Specifies the interval length during which no more than two Configuration BPDUs shall be transmitted by this bridge.

Bridge fwd delay

Specifies how fast a bridge changes its state when moving toward the forwarding state.

Bridge Hello time

Specifies the amount of time between the transmission of Configuration BPDUs.

Bridge max age

Specifies the maximum age of spanning tree protocol information learned from the network on any port before it is discarded. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using.

Bridge priority

Defines the priority of the spanning tree protocol instance associated with this service.

Topology change

Specifies whether a topology change is currently in progress.

Last Top. change

Specifies the time (in hundredths of a second) since the last time a topology change was detected by the Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this service.

Top. change count

Specifies the total number of topology changes detected by the Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this service since the management entity was last reset or initialized.

subscriber-hosts

Syntax 
subscriber-hosts [sap sap-id] [ip ip-address[/mask]] [mac ieee-address] [sub-profile sub-profile-name] [sla-profile sla-profile-name] [detail] statistics
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command displays subscriber host information.

Parameters 
sap-id
specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
ip-address[/mask]
shows information for the specified IP address and mask.
ieee-address
displays information only for the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
sub-profile-name
displays an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile context.
sla-profile-name
displays this optional parameter to specify an existing SLA profile name.
detail—
displays detailed information.
statistics—
displays the HTTP redirect statistics for the host. The redirect statistics is divided into HTTP GET and HTTP response for redirection.
Output 

The following output displays an example of subscriber host information.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-C>#  show service id 3 subscriber-hosts 
=============================================================
Subscriber Host table
=============================================================
Sap                    Subscriber                
  IP Address                                     
    MAC Address          PPPoE-SID     Origin       Fwding State
-------------------------------------------------------------
2/1/5:2                     TEACAHEH74
  10.11.1.61
    00:80:00:00:00:0a          N/A               ARP-Host        Fwding
[pw-11:11]                   VIACAHEH74
  10.11.1.2
    00:00:11:11:01:02           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
[pw-11:12]                   pw-11:12
  10.11.1.3
    00:00:11:11:01:03           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
[pw-11:13]                   pw-11:13
  10.11.1.4
    00:00:11:11:01:04           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
[pw-22:22]                   XMACAHEH74
  10.22.1.2
    00:00:22:22:01:02           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
 
[pw-33:33]                   IUASAHEH74
  10.33.1.2
    00:00:33:33:01:02           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
-------------------------------------------------------------
Number of subscriber hosts: 6
=============================================================
*A:Dut-C># 
 
 
A:Dut-A# show service id 100 subscriber-hosts ip 10.100.1.5
===============================================================================
Subscriber Host table
===============================================================================
Sap                    IP Address      MAC Address       Origin(*) Subscriber
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/2/1:102              10.100.1.5      00:10:00:00:00:03 -/D/- nokia_100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of subscriber hosts : 1
===============================================================================
(*) S=Static Host, D=DHCP Lease, N=Non-Sub-Traffic
A:Dut-A#

The following table describes show service-id subscriber hosts output fields:

Table 34:  Show Service-ID Subscriber Hosts Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Sap

Displays the SAP ID number

IP Address

Displays the IP address

MAC Address

Displays the MAC address

Origin Subscriber

The ID of the originating subscriber

Redirection filter id

Displays the Redirection Filter ID number

Status: active/inactive

Displays the status of one-time HTTP redirection

Filter-id-source

Displays source of the HTTP filter

sdp

Syntax 
sdp sdp-id pw-port [pw-port-id]
sdp sdp-id pw-port
sdp sdp-id pw-port [pw-port-id] [statistics]
sdp [consistent | inconsistent | na] egressifs
sdp sdp-id keep-alive-history
sdp far-end ip-address | ipv6-address keep-alive-history
sdp [sdp-id] detail
sdp far-end ip-address | ipv6-address detail
Context 
show>service>sdp
Description 

This command displays SDP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary SDP output for all SDPs is displayed.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
The SDP ID for which to display information.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

Default—
All SDPs
pw-port-id
Displays the SAP identifier for PW-SAPs
Values—
1 to 10239

 

ip-address
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address
Default—
SDPs with any far-end IP address
detail—
Displays detailed SDP information
Default—
SDP summary output
keep-alive-history—
Displays the last fifty SDP keepalive events for the SDP
Default—
SDP summary output
Output 

The following output displays service SDP information.

Sample Output
============================================================================
*A:ALA-12>config>service# show service sdp 1 pw-port
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (sdp Id 1 Pw-Port)
===============================================================================
Pw-port   VC-Id     Adm     Encap       Opr     VC Type     Egr       Monitor
                                                            Shaper    Oper
                                                            VPort     Group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1         1         up      dot1q       up      ether
2         2         up      qinq        up      ether
3         3         up      dot1q       up      ether
4         4         up      qinq        up      ether
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Entries found : 4
===============================================================================
 
*A:ALA-12>config>service# show service sdp 1 pw-port 3
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id 1 Pw-Port 3)
===============================================================================
SDP Binding port     : lag-1
VC-Id                : 3                     Admin Status       : up
Encap                : dot1q                 Oper Status        : up
VC Type              : ether
Oper Flags           : (Not Specified)
Monitor Oper-Group   : (Not Specified)
===============================================================================
 
*A:ALA-12>config>service# show service sdp 1 pw-port 3 statistics
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id 1 Pw-Port 3)
===============================================================================
SDP Binding port     : lag-1
VC-Id                : 3                     Admin Status       : up
Encap                : dot1q                 Oper Status        : up
VC Type              : ether
Oper Flags           : (Not Specified)
Monitor Oper-Group   : (Not Specified)
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.        : 0                     I. Dro. Pkts.      : 0
I. Fwd. Octs.        : 0                     I. Dro. Octs.      : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.        : 0                     E. Fwd. Octets     : 0
===============================================================================

subscriber-using

Syntax 
subscriber-using [service-id service-id] [sap-id sap-id] [interface ip-int-name] [ip ip-address[/mask]] [mac ieee-address] [sub-profile sub-profile-name] [sla-profile sla-profile-name] [app-profile app-profile-name] [port port-id] [no-inter-dest-id | inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id]
Context 
show>service
Description 

This command displays selective subscriber information using specific options.

Parameters 
service-id
Displays information for the specifies ID that uniquely identifies a service.
sap-id
Displays the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
ip-int-name
Shows DHCP statistics on the specified interface.
port-id
Indicates the SAP or SDP for which this entry contains information.
ip-address[/mask]
Shows information for the specified IP address and mask.
ieee-address
Displays information only for the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
sub-profile-name
Displays an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile context.sla-profile-name.
sla-profile —
Displays this optional parameter to specify an existing SLA profile name.
app-profile—
Displays the application specified profile.
intermediate-destination-id
Indicates the intermediate destination identifier received from either the DHCP or the RADIUS server or the local user database.
Output 

The following output displays an example of selective subscriber information using specific options.

Sample Output
A:Dut-A# show service subscriber-using service-id 100
=================================================================
Subscribers
=================================================================
Subscriber                       Sub Profile
-----------------------------------------------------------------
nokia_100                      sub_prof100
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Subscribers : 1
=================================================================
A:Dut-A#
 
A:Dut-A# show service subscriber-using
=================================================================
Subscribers
=================================================================
Subscriber                       Sub Profile
-----------------------------------------------------------------
nokia_100                      sub_prof100
nokia_110                      sub_prof110
nokia_120                      sub_prof120
nokia_130                      sub_prof130
nokia_80                       sub_prof80
nokia_90                       sub_prof90
client_PC1                       sub_profPC1
static                           sub_default
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Subscribers : 8
=================================================================
A:Dut-A#

redundancy

Syntax 
redundancy
Context 
show
Description 

This command enables the context to show multi-chassis redundancy information.

multi-chassis

Syntax 
multi-chassis all
multi-chassis mc-lag peer ip-address [lag lag-id]
multi-chassis mc-lag [peer ip-address [lag lag-id]] statistics
multi-chassis sync [peer ip-address] [detail]
multi-chassis sync [peer ip-address] statistics
Context 
show>redundancy
Description 

This command displays multi-chassis redundancy information.

Parameters 
all—
Displays all multi-chassis information.
mc-lag—
Displays multi-chassis LAG information.
ip-address
Displays the address of the multi-chassis peer.
lag-id
Displays the specified LAG ID on this system that forms an multi-chassis LAG configuration with the indicated peer.
statistics—
Displays statistics for the multi-chassis peer.
sync—
Displays synchronization information.
detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output displays an example of multi-chassis redundancy information.

Sample Output
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis all 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis Peers
===============================================================================
Peer IP         Src IP          Auth            Peer Admin                     
  MCS Admin       MCS Oper        MCS State       MC-LAG Admin    MC-LAG Oper  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.10.102    10.10.10.101    hash            Enabled                        
  Enabled         Enabled         inSync          Enabled         Enabled      
10.10.20.1      0.0.0.0         None            Disabled                       
  --              --              --              Disabled        Disabled     
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag peer 10.10.10.1 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis MC-Lag Peer 10.10.10.1
===============================================================================
Last State chg: 09/24/2007 07:58:03
Admin State: Up      Oper State   : Up        
KeepAlive: 10 deci-seconds     Hold On Ngbr Failure : 3       
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lag Id Lacp Key Remote Lag Id System Id  Sys Prio Last State Changed 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1      326661      00:00:00:33:33:33  32888  09/24/2007 07:56:35
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of LAGs : 1
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C# 
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis Statistics
===============================================================================
Packets Rx                        : 129816                                     
Packets Rx Keepalive              : 129798                                     
Packets Rx Config                 : 3                                          
Packets Rx Peer Config            : 5                                          
Packets Rx State                  : 10                                         
Packets Dropped KeepaliveTask     : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Packet Too Short  : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Verify Failed     : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Tlv Invalid Size  : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Out of Seq        : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Unknown Tlv       : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Tlv Invalid LagId : 0                                          
Packets Dropped MD5               : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Unknown Peer      : 0                                          
Packets Tx                        : 77918                                      
Packets Tx Keepalive              : 77879                                      
Packets Tx Config                 : 6                                          
Packets Tx Peer Config            : 26                                         
Packets Tx State                  : 7                                          
Packets Tx Failed                 : 0                                          
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag peer 10.10.10.102 lag 2 statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis Statistics, Peer 10.10.10.102 Lag 2
===============================================================================
Packets Rx Config                 : 1                                          
Packets Rx State                  : 4                                          
Packets Tx Config                 : 2                                          
Packets Tx State                  : 3                                          
Packets Tx Failed                 : 0                                          
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
 
A:pc1#show redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag peer 10.10.10.102 statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis Statistics, Peer 10.10.10.102
===============================================================================
Packets Rx                        : 129918                                     
Packets Rx Keepalive              : 129900                                     
Packets Rx Config                 : 3                                          
Packets Rx Peer Config            : 5                                          
Packets Rx State                  : 10                                         
Packets Dropped State Disabled    : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Packets Too Short : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Tlv Invalid Size  : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Tlv Invalid LagId : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Out of Seq        : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Unknown Tlv       : 0                                          
Packets Dropped MD5               : 0                                          
Packets Tx                        : 77979                                      
Packets Tx Keepalive              : 77940                                      
Packets Tx Peer Config            : 26                                         
Packets Tx Failed                 : 0                                          
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Table
===============================================================================
Peer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Description             : CO1
Authentication          : Enabled                                              
Source IP Address       : 10.10.10.101                                         
Admin State             : Enabled                                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sync-status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client Applications     :                                                      
Sync Admin State        : Up                                                   
Sync Oper State         : Up                                                   
DB Sync State           : inSync                                               
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
Peer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.20.1                                           
Authentication          : Disabled                                             
Source IP Address       : 0.0.0.0                                              
Admin State             : Disabled                                             
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync peer 10.10.10.102 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Table
===============================================================================
Peer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Description             : CO1
Authentication          : Enabled                                              
Source IP Address       : 10.10.10.101                                         
Admin State             : Enabled                                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sync-status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client Applications     :                                                      
Sync Admin State        : Up                                                   
Sync Oper State         : Up                                                   
DB Sync State           : inSync                                               
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0 
===============================================================================
MCS Application Stats
===============================================================================
Application             : igmp                                                 
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : igmpSnooping                                         
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : subMgmt                                              
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : srrp                                                 
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync peer 10.10.10.102 detail 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Table
===============================================================================
Peer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Description             : CO1
Authentication          : Enabled                                              
Source IP Address       : 10.10.10.101                                         
Admin State             : Enabled                                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sync-status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client Applications     :                                                      
Sync Admin State        : Up                                                   
Sync Oper State         : Up                                                   
DB Sync State           : inSync                                               
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0 
===============================================================================
MCS Application Stats
===============================================================================
Application             : igmp                                                 
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : igmpSnooping                                         
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : subMgmt                                              
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : srrp                                                 
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
Ports synced on peer 10.10.10.102
===============================================================================
Port/Encap                    Tag                                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/1                                                                          
  1-2                         r1                                               
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Sync Stats
===============================================================================
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Packets Tx Total        : 511                                                  
Packets Tx Hello        : 510                                                  
Packets Tx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Other        : 1                                                    
Packets Tx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Total        : 511                                                  
Packets Rx Hello        : 510                                                  
Packets Rx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Other        : 1                                                    
Packets Rx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Header Err   : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Body Err     : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Seq Num Err  : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.20.1                                           
Packets Tx Total        : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Hello        : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Other        : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Total        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Hello        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Other        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Header Err   : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Body Err     : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Seq Num Err  : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync peer 10.10.10.102 statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Sync Stats
===============================================================================
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Packets Tx Total        : 554                                                  
Packets Tx Hello        : 553                                                  
Packets Tx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Other        : 1                                                    
Packets Tx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Total        : 554                                                  
Packets Rx Hello        : 553                                                  
Packets Rx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Other        : 1                                                    
Packets Rx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Header Err   : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Body Err     : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Seq Num Err  : 0 
===============================================================================
A:pc1#

mc-ipsec

Syntax 
mc-ipsec peer addr [tunnel-group group-id]
Context 
show>redundancy>multi-chassis
Description 

This command displays the IPsec multi-chassis states. Optionally, only the states of the specified tunnel-groups are displayed.

Parameters 
addr—
Specifies the address of the peer.
group-id—
Specifies the tunnel-group ID.
Output 

The following output displays an example of redundant multi-chassis peer information.

Sample Output
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis MC-IPSec
===============================================================================
Peer Name       : (Not Specified)
Peer Addr       : 2.2.2.2             
Keep Alive Intvl: 10                  Hold on Nbr Fail     : 3
BFD Intf Name   : None                
BFD Dest Addr   :                     
Last update     : 03/20/2012 22:48:55 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis IPsec Multi Active Tunnel-Group Table
===============================================================================
ID             Peer Group     Priority  Preempt   Admin State    Mastership
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1              1              100       Disabled  Up             eligible
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multi Active Tunnel Group Entries found: 1
===============================================================================
 

mc-ring

Syntax 
mc-ring peer ip-address statistics
mc-ring peer ip-address [ring sync-tag [detail | statistics]]
mc-ring peer ip-address ring sync-tag ring-node [ring-node-name [detail | statistics]]
mc-ring global-statistics
Context 
show>redundancy>multi-chassis
Description 

This command displays multi-chassis ring information.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the address of the multi-chassis peer to display.
sync-tag
Specifies a synchronization tag to be displayed that was used while synchronizing this port with the multi-chassis peer.
ring-node-name
Specifies a ring-node name.
global-statistics—
Displays global statistics for the multi-chassis ring.
detail—
Displays detailed peer information for the multi-chassis ring.
Output 

The following output is an example of mc-ring peer information.

Sample Output
show redundancy multi-chassis mc-ring peer 10.0.0.2 ring ring11 detail
==============================================================================
Multi-Chassis MC-Ring Detailed Information
==============================================================================
Peer           : 10.0.0.2
Sync Tag       : ring11
Port ID        : 1/1/3
Admin State    : inService
Oper State     : connected
Admin Change   : 01/07/2008 21:40:07
Oper Change    : 01/07/2008 21:40:24
Failure Reason : None
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Band Control Path
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service ID     : 10
Interface Name : to_an1
Oper State     : connected
Dest IP        : 10.10.0.2
Src  IP        : 10.10.0.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Map B Path Provisioned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
range 13-13
range 17-17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Map Excluded Path Provisioned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
range 18-18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Map B Path Operational
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
range 13-13
range 17-17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Map Excluded Path Operational
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
range 18-18
==============================================================================
 
 
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis# mc-ring peer 192.251.10.104
==============================================================================
MC Ring entries
==============================================================================
Sync Tag                         Oper State      Failure Reason
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of MC Ring entries: 0
==============================================================================
 
show redundancy multi-chassis mc-ring peer 10.0.0.2
==============================================================================
MC Ring entries
==============================================================================
Sync Tag                         Oper State      Failure Reason
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ring11                           connected       None
ring12                           shutdown        None
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of MC Ring entries: 4
==============================================================================
 
 
show redundancy multi-chassis mc-ring peer 10.0.0.2 ring ring11 ring-node an1 detail
==============================================================================
Multi-Chassis MC-Ring Node Detailed Information
==============================================================================
Peer           : 10.0.0.2
Sync Tag       : ring11
Node Name      : an1
Oper State Loc : connected
Oper State Rem : notTested
In Use         : True
Admin Change   : 01/07/2008 21:40:07
Oper Change    : 01/07/2008 21:40:25
Failure Reason : None
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ring Node Connectivity Verification
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State    : inService
Service ID     : 11
VLAN Tag       : 11
Dest IP        : 10.11.3.1
Src  IP        : None
Interval       : 1 minutes
Src MAC        : None
==============================================================================
 
show redundancy multi-chassis mc-ring peer 10.0.0.2 ring ring11 ring-node
==============================================================================
MC Ring Node entries
==============================================================================
Name                             Loc Oper St.      Failure Reason
  In Use                           Rem Oper St.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
an1                              connected         None
  Yes                              notTested
an2                              connected         None
  Yes                              notTested
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of MC Ring Node entries: 2
==============================================================================
 
 

The following table describes multi-chassis ring peer output fields

Table 35:  Show mc-ring peer ip-address ring Output Field Descriptions  

Label

Description  

Sync Tag

Displays the synchronization tag that was used while synchronizing this port with the multi-chassis peer.

Oper State

noPeer — The peer has no corresponding ring configured.

connected — The inband control connection with the peer is operational.

broken — The inband control connection with the peer has timed out.

conflict — The inband control connection with the peer has timed out but the physical connection is still OK; the failure of the inband signaling connection is caused by a misconfiguration. For example, a conflict between the configuration of this system and its peer, or a misconfiguration on one of the ring access node systems.

testingRing — The inband control connection with the peer is being set up. Waiting for result.

waitingForPeer — Verifying if this ring is configured on the peer.

configErr — The ring is administratively up, but a configuration error prevents it from operating properly.

halfBroken — The inband control connection indicates that the ring is broken in one direction (towards the peer).

localBroken — The inband control connection with the peer is known to be broken due to local failure or local administrative action.

shutdown — The ring is shutdown.

Failure Reason

Displays the failure reason.

No. of MC Ring entries

Displays the number of MC ring entries.

 
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis# mc-ring peer 192.251.10.104 statistics
==============================================================================
MC Ring statistics for peer 192.251.10.104
==============================================================================
Message                                              Received     Transmitted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MCS ID Request                                       0            0
MCS ID Response                                      0            0
Ring Exists Request                                  0            0
Ring Exists Response                                 0            0
Keepalive                                            0            0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                0            0
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis#

The following tables describe multi-chassis ring peer output fields

Table 36:  Multi-chassis Ring Peer Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Message

Displays the message type.

Received

Indicates the number of valid MC-Ring signaling messages received from the peer.

Transmitted

Indicates the number of valid MC-Ring signaling messages transmitted from the peer.

MCS ID Request

Displays the number of valid MCS ID requests were received from the peer.

MCS ID Response

Displays the number of valid MCS ID responses were received from the peer.

Ring Exists Request

Displays the number of valid 'ring exists' requests were received from the peer.

Ring Exists Response

Displays the number of valid ring exists' responses were received from the peer.

Keepalive

Displays the number of valid MC-Ring control packets of type 'keepalive' were received from the peer.

The following table describes multi-chassis ring node fields.

Table 37:  Show mc-ring ring-node Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Oper State

Displays the state of the connection verification (both local and remote).

notProvisioned — Connection verification is not provisioned.

configErr — Connection verification is provisioned but a configuration error prevents it from operating properly.

notTested — Connection verification is administratively disabled or is not possible in the current situation.

testing — Connection Verification is active, but no results are yet available.

connected — The ring node is reachable.

Oper State (Cont)

disconnected — Connection verification has timed out.

In Use

Displays “True” if the ring node is referenced on an e-pipe or as an inter-dest-id on a static host or dynamic lease.

show mc-ring global-statistics Output

The following table describes mc-ring global statistics information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis# mc-ring global-statistics
==============================================================================
Global MC Ring statistics
==============================================================================
Rx                           : 0
Rx Too Short                 : 0
Rx Wrong Authentication      : 0
Rx Invalid TLV               : 0
Rx Incomplete                : 0
Rx Unknown Type              : 0
Rx Unknown Peer              : 0
Rx Unknown Ring              : 0
Rx Unknown Ring Node         : 0
Tx                           : 36763
Tx No Buffer                 : 0
Tx Transmission Failed       : 0
Tx Unknown Destination       : 0
Missed Configuration Events  : 0
Missed BFD Events            : 0
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis#

The following table describes mc-ring global statistics fields.

Table 38:  Show mc-ring global-statistics Output Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Rx

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system.

Rx Too Short

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system that were too short.

Rx Wrong Authentication

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system with invalid authentication.

Rx Invalid TLV

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system with invalid TLV.

Rx Incomplete

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system that were incomplete.

Rx Unknown Type

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system that were of unknown type.

Rx Unknown Peer

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system that were related to an unknown peer.

Rx Unknown Ring

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system that were related to an unknown ring.

Rx Unknown Ring Node

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were received by this system that were related to an unknown ring node.

Tx

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets were transmitted by this system.

Tx No Buffer

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets could not be transmitted by this system due to a lack of packet buffers.

Tx Transmission Failed

Displays the number of MC-ring signaling packets could not be transmitted by this system due to a transmission failure.

Tx Unknown Destination

Displays the number of MC-ring unknown destination signaling packets were transmitted by this system.

Missed Configuration Events

Displays the number of missed configuration events on this system.

Missed BFD Events

Displays the number of missed BFD events on this system.

2.11.2.3.1. IGMP Snooping Show Commands

igmp-snooping

Syntax 
igmp-snooping
Context 
show>service>id
Description 

This command enables the context to display IGMP snooping information.

all

Syntax 
all
Context 
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

Displays detailed information for all aspects of IGMP snooping on the VPLS service.

Output 

The following output displays an example of IGMP snooping information.

Sample Output

The following example applies to the 7750 SR:

*A:ALA-48>show>service>id>igmp-snooping>snooping# all
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping info for service 750
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Base info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : Up
Querier     : No querier found
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap/Sdp                Oper      MRtr  Send      Max Num   Num
Id                     State     Port  Queries   Groups    Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/7:0            Down      No    Disabled  No Limit  0
sdp:1:22               Down      No    Disabled  No Limit  0
sdp:8:750              Down      No    Disabled  No Limit  0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Querier info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No querier found for this service.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter          Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/7:0 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SDP 1:22 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SDP 8:750 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Message Type            Received      Transmitted      Forwarded
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         0             0                0
Group Queries           0             0                0
Group-Source Queries    0             0                0
V1 Reports              0             0                0
V2 Reports              0             0                0
V3 Reports              0             0                0
V2 Leaves               0             0                0
Unknown Type            0             N/A              0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad IP Checksum         : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum       : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0
 
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id>snooping#
 

The following example applies to the 7450 ESS:

 
*A:ALA-42>show>service>id>igmp-snooping>snooping# all
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping info for service 100
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Base info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : Up                                                               
Querier     : 10.20.1.6 on SAP 2/2/1:100                                       
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap/Sdp                  Oper    MRtr  Send      Max Num   MVR        Num      
Id                       State   Port  Queries   Groups    From-VPLS  Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/4                Up      No    Disabled  No Limit  Local      1        
sap:2/2/1:100            Up      No    Disabled  No Limit  Local      0        
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Querier info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Id                  : 2/2/1:100                                            
IP Address              : 10.20.1.6                                            
Expires                 : 3s                                                   
Up Time                 : 0d 00:15:23                                          
Version                 : 3                                                    
 
General Query Interval  : 2s                                                   
Query Response Interval : 1.0s                                                 
Robust Count            : 2                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter          Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.20.1.6        2/2/1:100              0d 00:15:24    2s        3      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Up Time        Num Sources   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.0.0.0        exclude  0d 00:00:04    0             
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/4 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num Src 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.0.0.0        exclude  dynamic  local      0d 00:00:05    4s       0       
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SAP 2/2/1:100 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num Src 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Message Type            Received      Transmitted   Forwarded    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         463           0             463          
Group Queries           0             0             0            
Group-Source Queries    0             0             0            
V1 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Reports              0             0             0            
V3 Reports              4             4             0            
V2 Leaves               0             0             0            
Unknown Type            0             N/A           0            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad IP Checksum         : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum       : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0
                                      
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
 
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 0
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops    : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Multicast VPLS Registration info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Admin State : Up                                                 
 
MVR Admin State           : Down                                               
MVR Policy                : None                                               
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local SAPs/SDPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num Local
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100        sap:1/1/4              Up        Local      1        
100        sap:2/2/1:100          Up        Local      0        
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MVR SAPs (from-vpls=100)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num MVR  
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No MVR SAPs found.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-42>show>service>id>snooping#
 

The following table describes the show all service-id command output fields:

Table 39:  IGMP Snooping Show All Service-ID Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

Admin State

The administrative state of the IGMP instance.

Querier

Displays the address of the IGMP querier on the IP subnet to which the interface is attached.

Sap/Sdp Id

Displays the SAP and SDP IDs of the service ID.

Oper State

Displays the operational state of the SAP and SDP IDs of the service ID.

Mrtr Port

Specifies there the port is a multicast router port.

Send Queries

Specifies whether the send-queries command is enabled or disabled.

Max Num Groups

Specifies the maximum number of multicast groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP.

MVR From VPLS

Specifies MVR from VPLS.

Num Groups

Specifies the actual number of multicast groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP.

mrouters

Syntax 
mrouters [detail]
Context 
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command displays all multicast routers.

Parameters 
detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output is an example of IGMP snooping mrouter information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 700 igmp-snooping mrouters
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers for service 700
===============================================================================
MRouter          Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 0
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#

The following table describes the show igmp-snooping mrouters output fields:

Table 40:  IGMP Snooping Mrouters Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

MRouter

Specifies the multicast router port.

Sap/Sdp Id

Specifies the SAP and SDP ID multicast router ports.

Up Time

Displays the length of time the mrouter has been up.

Expires

Displays the amount of time left before the query interval expires.

Version

Displays the configured version of IGMP running on this interface.

mvr

Syntax 
mvr
Context 
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command displays Multicast VPLS Registration (MVR) information.

Output 

The following output is an example of IGMP snooping mvr information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# mvr
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Multicast VPLS Registration info for service 10
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Admin State : Up                                                 
 
MVR Admin State           : Up                                                 
MVR Policy                : mvr-policy                                         
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local SAPs/SDPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num Local
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100         sap:1/1/10:10         Up       Local      100
100         sap:1/1/10:20         Up       Local      100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MVR SAPs (from-vpls=10)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num MVR  
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20         sap:1/1/4:100          Up        10         100      
30         sap:1/1/31:10.10       Up        10         100
=============================================================================== 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping#

The following table describes the show igmp-snooping mvr output fields:

Table 41:  IGMP Snooping Mvr Field Descriptions 

Label

Description  

IGMP Snooping Admin State

Displays the IGMP snooping administrative state.

MVR Admin State

Displays the MVR administrative state.

MVR Policy

Displays the MVR policy name.

Svc ID

Displays the service ID.

Sap/SDP

Displays the SAP/SDP ID.

Oper State

Displays the operational state.

From VPLS

Displays the originating VPLS name.

Num Local Groups

Displays the number of local groups.

port-db

Syntax 
port-db sap sap-id [detail]
port-db sap sap-id group grp-address
port-db sdp-id:vc-id [detail]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-address
Context 
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command displays information on the IGMP snooping port database for the VPLS service.

Parameters 
grp-ip-address
Displays the IGMP snooping port database for a specific multicast group address.
sap-id
Displays the IGMP snooping port database for a specific SAP.
sdp-id
Displays only IGMP snooping entries associated with the specified mesh SDP or spoke SDP. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified; for a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id —
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
For mesh SDPs only, all VC IDs
grp-address
Displays IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified group address.
ip-address
Displays IGMP snooping statistics matching one particular source within the multicast group.
Output 

The following output is an example of IGMP snooping port database information.

Sample Output

The following example applies to the 7450 ESS:

A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# port-db sap 1/1/2
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/2 Port-DB for service 10
===============================================================================
Group Address    Mode     Type     From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.0.0.1        include  dynamic  Local      0d 00:04:44    0s       2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
 

The following example applies to the 7750 SR:

 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# port-db sap 1/1/2
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/2 Port-DB for service 10
===============================================================================
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires   Num Sources
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.0.0.1        include  dynamic  0d 00:04:44    0s        2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
 
 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# port-db sap 1/1/2 detail
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/2 Port-DB for service 10
===============================================================================
IGMP Group 239.0.0.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mode             : include              Type             : dynamic
Up Time          : 0d 00:04:57          Expires          : 0s
Compat Mode      : IGMP Version 3
V1 Host Expires  : 0s                   V2 Host Expires  : 0s
-------------------------------------------------------
Source Address  Up Time      Expires  Type     Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------
10.1.1.1         0d 00:04:57  20s      dynamic  Fwd
10.1.1.2         0d 00:04:57  20s      dynamic  Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping#

proxy-db

Syntax 
proxy-db [detail]
proxy-db group grp-address
Context 
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command displays information on the IGMP snooping proxy reporting database for the VPLS service.

Parameters 
grp-ip-address
Displays the IGMP snooping proxy reporting database for a specific multicast group address.
Output 

The following output displays an example of IGMP snooping proxy database information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# proxy-db
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 10
===============================================================================
Group Address    Mode     Up Time        Num Sources
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.0.0.1        include  0d 00:05:40    2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# proxy-db detail
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 10
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Group 239.0.0.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:05:54                   Mode : include
------------------------------
Source Address  Up Time
------------------------------
10.1.1.1         0d 00:05:54
10.1.1.2         0d 00:05:54
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# 

querier

Syntax 
querier
Context 
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command displays information on the IGMP snooping queriers for the VPLS service.

Output 

The following output displays an example of IGMP snooping querier information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# querier
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Querier info for service 10
===============================================================================
Sap Id                  : 1/1/1
IP Address              : 10.10.10.1
Expires                 : 6s
Up Time                 : 0d 00:56:50
Version                 : 3
 
General Query Interval  : 5s
Query Response Interval : 2.0s
Robust Count            : 2
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# 

static

Syntax 
static [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context 
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command displays information on static IGMP snooping source groups for the VPLS service.

Parameters 
sap-id
Displays static IGMP snooping source groups for a specific SAP.
sdp-id
Displays the IGMP snooping source groups for a specific spoke or mesh SDP.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id —
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
For mesh SDPs only, all VC IDs
Output 

The following output displays an example of static IGMP snooping information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# static
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups for SAP 1/1/2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source           Group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*                239.0.0.2
*                239.0.0.3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static (*,G)/(S,G) entries: 2
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups for SDP 10:10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source           Group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1.1.1          239.0.0.10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static (*,G)/(S,G) entries: 1
=============================================================================== 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# 

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context 
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command displays IGMP snooping statistics for the VPLS service.

Parameters 
sap-id
Displays IGMP snooping statistics for a specific SAP.
sdp-id
Displays the IGMP snooping statistics for a specific spoke or mesh SDP.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id —
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
For mesh SDPs only, all VC IDs
Output 

The following output displays an example of IGMP snooping statistics information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# statistics
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Statistics for service 1
===============================================================================
Message Type            Received      Transmitted   Forwarded    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         4             0             4            
Group Queries           0             0             0            
Group-Source Queries    0             0             0            
V1 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Reports              0             0             0            
V3 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Leaves               0             0             0            
Unknown Type            0             N/A           0            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad IP Checksum         : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum       : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0           
 
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
 
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 0
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops    : 0
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# 

mc-ecmp-balance

Syntax 
mc-ecmp-balance [detail]
Context 
show>router>pim
Description 

This command displays multicast balance information.

Parameters 
detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output displays an example of PIM mc-ecmp-balance information.

Sample Output
A:ALA-48>config>router>pim# show router pim mc-ecmp-balance
===============================================================================
PIM ECMP Balance
===============================================================================
MC-ECMP-Balance                   : Disabled
Rebalance in progress             : No
Last Rebalance Time               : 11/13/2007 09:03:10
Rebalance Type                    : Unknown
Optional Threshold Used           : 0
Mc Ecmp Balance Hold Time         : None
===============================================================================
A:ALA-48>config>router>pim# 
 

mcast-management

Syntax 
mcast-management
Context 
show
Description 

This command shows multicast path management related information.

bandwidth-policy

Syntax 
bandwidth-policy policy-name [detail]
Context 
show>mcast-management
Description 

This command displays multicast path management bandwidth policy information.

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies the bandwidth policy name up to 32 characters.
detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output displays an example of multicast management bandwidth policy information.

Sample Output
*A:PE-1# show mcast-management bandwidth-policy "default" detail
===============================================================================
Bandwidth Policy Details
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Policy             : default
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin BW Thd       : 10 kbps            Falling Percent RST: 50
Mcast Pool Total   : 10                 Mcast Pool Resv Cbs: 50
Slope Policy       : default
T2-Primary
Cbs                : 5.00               Mbs                : 7.00
High Priority      : 10
T2-Secondary
Cbs                : 30.00              Mbs                : 40.00
High Priority      : 10                 Paths(Single/Dual) : 1/1
===============================================================================
Bandwidth Policies : 1
===============================================================================
*A:PE-1#

channel

Syntax 
channel [router router-instance | vpls service-id] [mda slot[/mda]] [group ip-address [source ip-address]] [path path-type] [detail]
Context 
show>mcast-management
Description 

This command displays multicast path management channel related information.

Parameters 
service-id
Specifies an existing VPLS service ID.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 214748364 svc-name: A string up to 64 characters (applies to the 7750 SR).

 

ip-address—
ipv4-address a.b.c.d
path-type—
Specifies the path type.
Values—
primary, secondary

 

Output 

The following output displays an example of multicast management channel information.

Sample Output
*A:PE-1# show mcast-management channel
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels
===============================================================================
Legend :  D - Dynamic  E - Explicit
===============================================================================
Source Address                              Slot/Cpx  Current-Bw  Path      D/E
 Group Address                                         Highest-Bw  Plane
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.0.0.28                                   5/1       3990        Primary    D
 235.0.0.1                                             4034        17
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels : 1
===============================================================================
*A:PE-1# show mcast-management channel detail
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Address     : 10.0.0.28
Group Address      : 239.0.0.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Slot/Complex       : 5/1                Current Bw         : 4001 kbps
Dynamic/Explicit   : Dynamic            Current Path       : Primary
Oper Admin Bw      : 0 kbps             Current Plane      : 17
Ing last highest   : 4034               Preference         : 0
Black-hole rate    : None               Ing sec highest    : 4030
Time remaining     : 3 seconds          Blackhole          : No
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels : 1
===============================================================================
*A:PE-1# 

fp

Syntax 
fp [slot[/mda]] [path path-type]
Context 
show>mcast-management
Description 

This command displays multicast path management FP-related information.

Parameters 
path-type—
Specifies the path type.
Values—
primary, secondary, blackhole

 

Output 

The following output displays an example of multicast management MDA information.

Sample Output
*A:PE-1# show mcast-management channel mda 5/1
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels
===============================================================================
Legend :  D - Dynamic  E - Explicit
===============================================================================
Source Address                              Slot/Cpx  Current-Bw  Path      D/E
 Group Address                                         Highest-Bw  Plane
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.0.0.28                                    5/1       4001        Primary    D
 239.0.0.1                                             4030        17
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels : 1
===============================================================================
*A:PE-1# 

mcast-reporting-dest

Syntax 
mcast-reporting-dest [mcast-reporting-dest-name]
Context 
show>mcast-management
Description 

This command displays multicast path management reporting destination information and applies only to the 7750 SR.

group

Syntax 
group [grp-ip-address]
group summary
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP group information.

group-interface

Syntax 
group-interface [fwd-service service-id] [ip-int-name] [detail]
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP group-interface information.

hosts

Syntax 
hosts [group grp-address] [detail] [fwd-service service-id] [grp-interface ip-int-name]
hosts [host ip-address] [group grp-address] [detail]
hosts summary
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP hosts information.

interface

Syntax 
interface [ip-int-name | ip-address] [group] [grp-ip-address] [detail]
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP interface information.

mcast-reporting-statistics

Syntax 
mcast-reporting-statistics [ip-address]
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP mcast reporting statistics.

ssm-translate

Syntax 
ssm-translate [interface-name]
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays SSM translate configuration information.

static

Syntax 
static [ip-int-name | ip-addr]
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP static group/source configuration information.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [ip-int-name | ip-address]
statistics host [ip-address]
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP statistics information.

status

Syntax 
status
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP status information.

tunnel-interface

Syntax 
tunnel-interface
Context 
show>router>igmp
Description 

This command displays IGMP tunnel-interface information.

2.11.2.4. Clear Commands

id

Syntax 
id service-id
Context 
clear>service
clear>service>statistics
Description 

This command clears the identification for a specific service.

Parameters 
service-id—
The ID that uniquely identifies a service.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 214748364
svc-name: A string up to 64 characters.

 

arp-host

Syntax 
arp-host
arp-host {mac ieee-address | sap sap-id | ip-address ip-address[/mask] }
arp-host [port port-id] [inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id | no-inter-dest-id]
arp-host statistics [sap sap-id | interface interface-name]
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command clears ARP host data.

authentication

Syntax 
authentication
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command enables the context to clear session authentication information.

msap

Syntax 
msap {msap-id | idle-only}
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command clears Managed SAP (MSAP) information.

This command can remove an MSAP with active subscribers still associated with the MSAP. You can specify the idle-only parameter to clear only MSAPs in an idle state; MSAPs with active subscribers are not cleared.

Parameters 
msap-id—
Specifies a Managed SAP ID.
Values—

dot1q

[port-id | lag-id]:qtag1

qinq

[port-id | lag-id]:qtag1.qtag2

qtag1

0 to 4094

qtag2

0 to 4094

 

idle-only—
Specifies to clear only MSAPs in an idle state.

msap-policy

Syntax 
msap-policy msap-policy-name
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command clears Managed SAPs created by the Managed SAP policy.

Parameters 
msap-policy-name—
Clears an existing MSAP policy.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics
Context 
clear>service>id>authentication
Description 

This command clears session authentication statistics for this service.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics
Context 
clear>service
Description 

This command clears the statistics for a service.

subscriber

Syntax 
subscriber sub-ident-string
Context 
clear>service>statistics
Description 

This command clears the statistics for a particular subscriber.

Parameters 
sub-ident-string—
Clears statistics for the specified subscriber identification string.

fdb

Syntax 
fdb {all | mac ieee-address | sap sap-id] | mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] | spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id}
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command clears FDB entries for the service.

Parameters 
all—
Clears all FDB entries.
ieee-address
Clears only FDB entries in the FDB table with the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
sap-id—
Clears the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
mesh-sdp—
Clears only service FDB entries associated with the specified mesh SDP ID. For a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
spoke-sdp—
Clears only service FDB entries associated with the specified spoke SDP ID. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified.
sdp-id—
Clears the SDP ID for which to clear associated FDB entries.
vc-id—
Clears the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear associated FDB entries.
Values—

sdp-id[:vc-id]

sdp-id

1 to 17407

vc-id

1 to 4294967295

sdp-id:vc-id

sdp-id

1 to 17407

vc-id

1 to 4294967295

 

mesh-sdp

Syntax 
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] ingress-vc-label
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command clears and resets the mesh SDP bindings for the service.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Clears the mesh SDP ID to be reset.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Clears the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
All VC IDs on the SDP ID

spoke-sdp

Syntax 
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command clears and resets the spoke SDP bindings for the service.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Clears the spoke SDP ID to be reset.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

sap

Syntax 
sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
Context 
clear>service>statistics
Description 

This command clears SAP statistics for a SAP.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Clears the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
all—
Clears all SAP queue statistics and STP statistics.
counters—
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SAP.
stp—
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SAP

sdp

Syntax 
sdp sdp-id [keep-alive]
Context 
clear>service>statistics
Description 

This command clears keepalive statistics associated with the SDP ID.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies the SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

keep-alive—
Clears the keepalive history.

counters

Syntax 
counters
Context 
clear>service>statistics>id
Description 

This command clears all traffic queue counters associated with the service ID.

sap

Syntax 
sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
Context 
clear>service>statistics>id
Description 

This command clears statistics for the SAP bound to the service.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the SAP ID for which to clear statistics.
all—
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SAP.
counters—
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SAP.
stp—
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SAP.

spoke-sdp

Syntax 
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] {all | counters | stp}
Context 
clear>service>statistics>id
Description 

This command clears statistics for the spoke SDP bound to the service.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
The spoke SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

all—
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SDP.
counters—
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SDP.
stp—
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SDP.

stp

Syntax 
stp
Context 
clear>service>statistics>id
Description 

This command clears all spanning tree statistics for the service ID.

detected-protocols

Syntax 
detected-protocols {all | sap sap-id | spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]}
Context 
clear>service>id>stp
Description 

RSTP automatically falls back to STP mode when it receives an STP BPDU. The clear detected-protocols command forces the system to revert to the default RSTP mode on the SAP or spoke SDP.

Parameters 
all—
Clears all detected protocol information.
sap-id—
Clears the specified lease state SAP information.
sdp-id—
The SDP ID to be cleared.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be cleared.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

lease-state

Syntax 
lease-state [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state [port port-id] [inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id] [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state [port port-id] no-inter-dest-id [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state ip-address ip-address[/mask] [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state mac ieee-address [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state sap sap-id [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state sdp sdp-id[:vc-id [no-dhcp-release]
Context 
clear>service>id>dhcp
Description 

This command clears DHCP lease state information for this service.

Parameters 
no-dhcp-release—
Specifies that the node clears the state without sending the DHCP release message.
port-id
The DHCP lease state local specifies that the DHCP lease state is learned by either a SAP or SDP. When the value is SAP, the value indicates the SAP for which this entry contains information.
ip-address—
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that is used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
ieee-address —
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
intermediate-destination-id—
Specifies the intermediate destination identifier, up to 32 characters, which is encoded in the identification strings.
sap-id—
Clears the specified lease state SAP information.
sdp-id—
The SDP ID to be cleared.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be cleared.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [sap sap-id | sdp [sdp-id[:vc-id] ]
Context 
clear>service>id>dhcp
Description 

This command clears DHCP statistics for this service.

port-db

Syntax 
port-db {sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id} [group grp-address [source ip-address]]
Context 
clear>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command clears the information on the IGMP snooping port database for the VPLS service.

Parameters 
sap-id
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified SAP ID and optional encapsulation value.
sdp-id
Clears only IGMP snooping entries associated with the specified mesh SDP or spoke SDP. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified; for a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id —
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear information.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
For mesh SDPs only, all VC IDs
grp-address
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified group address.
ip-address
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching one particular source within the multicast group.

querier

Syntax 
querier
Context 
clear>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command clears the information on the IGMP snooping queriers for the VPLS service.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics {all | sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id}]
Context 
clear>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description 

This command clears IGMP snooping statistics for the VPLS service.

Parameters 
sap-id
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified SAP ID and optional encapsulation value.
sdp-id
Clears only IGMP snooping entries associated with the specified mesh SDP or spoke SDP. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified, for a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id —
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
For mesh SDPs only, all VC IDs

mfib

Syntax 
mfib
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command enables the context to clear multicast FIB info for the VPLS service.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics {all | group grp-address}
Context 
clear>service>id>mfib
Description 

This command clears multicast FIB statistics for the VPLS service.

Parameters 
grp-address—
Specifies an IGMP multicast group address that receives data on an interface.

mld-snooping

Syntax 
mld-snooping
Context 
clear>service>id
Description 

This command enables the context to clear MLD snooping-related data.

port-db

Syntax 
port-db sap sap-id [group grp-ipv6-address]
port-db sap sap-id group grp-ipv6-address source src-ipv6-address
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [group grp-ipv6-address]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-ipv6-address source src-ipv6-address
Context 
clear>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command clears MLD snooping port-db group data.

querier

Syntax 
querier
Context 
clear>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command clears MLD snooping querier information.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics all
statistics sap sap-id
statistics sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Context 
clear>service>id>mld-snooping
Description 

This command clears MLD snooping statistics.

Parameters 
all—
Clears all MLD snooping statistics.
sap-id
Clears all MLD snooping SAP statistics.
sdp-id:vc-id
Clears all MLD snooping SDP statistics.

arp

Syntax 
arp {all | ip-address}
arp interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]
Context 
clear>router
Description 

This command clears all or specific ARP entries. The scope of ARP cache entries cleared depends on the command line option(s) specified.

Parameters 
all—
Clears all ARP cache entries.
ip-address—
Clears the ARP cache entry for the specified IP address.
ip-int-name
Clears all ARP cache entries for the IP interface with the specified name.
ip-addr
Clears all ARP cache entries for the specified IP interface with the specified IP address.

dhcp

Syntax 
dhcp
Context 
clear>router
Description 

This command enables the context to clear and reset DHCP entities.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [interface ip-int-name | ip-address]
Context 
clear>router>dhcp
Description 

Clears DHCP statistics.

Parameters 
ip-int-name
Clears all ARP cache entries for the IP interface with the specified name.
ip-address
Clears all ARP cache entries for the specified IP interface with the specified IP address.

2.11.2.5. Debug Commands

mcast-reporting-dest

Syntax 
[no] mcast-reporting-dest [dest-name]
Context 
debug>mcast-mgmt
Description 

This command debugs multicast path management reporting destinations and applies only to the 7750 SR.

igmp

Syntax 
[no] igmp [host ip-address] [group grp-address]
Context 
debug>mcast-mgmt>mcast-rprt-dest
Description 

This command sets mcast reporting dest debug filtering options and applies only to the 7750 SR.

arp-host

Syntax 
[no] arp-host
Context 
debug>service>id
Description 

This command enables and ARP host debugging.

The no form of the command disables ARP host debugging

mld-snooping

Syntax 
[no] mld-snooping
Context 
debug>service>id
Description 

This command enables and configures MLD-snooping debugging.

The no form of the command disables MLD-snooping debugging

detail-level

Syntax 
detail-level {low | medium | high}
no detail-level
Context 
debug>service>id>mld
Description 

This command enables and configures the MLD tracing detail level.

The no form of the command disables the MLD tracing detail level.

mac

Syntax 
[no] mac ieee-address
Context 
debug>service>id>mld
Description 

This command shows MLD packets for the specified MAC address.

The no form of the command disables the MAC debugging.

mode

Syntax 
mode {dropped-only | ingr-and-dropped | egr-ingr-and-dropped}
no mode
Context 
debug>service>id>mld
Description 

This command enables and configures the MLD tracing mode.

The no form of the command disables the configures the MLD tracing mode.

sap

Syntax 
[no] sap sap-id
Context 
debug>service>id>mld
Description 

This command shows MLD packets for a specific SAP.

The no form of the command disables the debugging for the SAP.

sdp

Syntax 
[no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Context 
debug>service>id>mld
Description 

This command shows MLD packets for a specific SDP.

The no form of the command disables the debugging for the SDP.

2.11.2.6. Tools Commands

msap

Syntax 
msap [service service-id]
Context 
tools>dump>service
Description 

This command provides MSAP-related statistics for the chassis and tracks the number of sticky MSAPs. The statistics include the total number of MSAPs, sticky MSAPs, and idle MSAPs. When a subscriber disconnects from a sticky MSAP, it transitions to an idle MSAP. The idle MSAP transitions back to a sticky MSAP when the subscriber reconnects. A large number of idle MSAPs during peak network hours indicate that an idle MSAP cleanup is required. The total MSAP statistic counts both the total number of traditional MSAPs (non-sticky) and total number of sticky MSAPs. Idle MSAPs are counted towards the total number of sticky MSAPs.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the service for which to show the MSAP-related statistics. The service is indicated in the chassis.